Specifications | Carrier 48AK Air Conditioner User Manual

48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060
with Reciprocating Compressor
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068
Single Package Rooftop Units
Electric Cooling/Gas Heating
Installation, Start-Up and
Service Instructions
CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
Step 1 — Provide Unit Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
• ROOF CURB
• ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT
Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
• POSITIONING
• ROOF MOUNT
Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Step 5 — Install Flue Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Step 7 — Install Gas Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Step 8 — Controls Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
• STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS
• THERMISTORS
• CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS
• VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS
Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . 33
• POWER WIRING
• FIELD POWER SUPPLY
• FIELD CONTROL WIRING
Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
• ECONOMIZER
• ECONOMIZER SETTINGS
Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric
Relief Damper Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Step 12 — Install All Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Step 13 — Field Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-89
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-102
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-115
START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1,CL-2
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment.
Untrained personnel can perform the basic maintenance
functions of cleaning coils and filters and replacing filters. All
other operations should be performed by trained service personnel. When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe
precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply.
Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work
gloves. Use quenching cloth for unbrazing operations. Have
fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any
phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire
department.
Disconnect gas piping from unit when pressure testing at
pressure greater than 0.5 psig. Pressures greater than
0.5 psig will cause gas valve damage resulting in hazardous
condition. If gas valve is subjected to pressure greater than
0.5 psig, it must be replaced before use. When pressure
testing field-supplied gas piping at pressures of 0.5 psig or
less, a unit connected to such piping must be isolated by
closing the manual gas valve(s).
INSTALLATION
Step 1 — Provide Unit Support
1. All panels must be in place when rigging.
2. Unit is not designed for handling by fork truck.
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-739
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48A,E-1SI
Pg 1
107
11-01
Replaces: 48E-6SI
Book 1
Tab 1a
When unit is located adjacent to public walkways, flue assembly must be at least 7 ft above grade.
ROOF MOUNT — Check building codes for weight distribution requirements. See Fig. 17. Unit operating weight is shown
in Table 2.
ROOF CURB — For vertical discharge units, assemble or install accessory roof curb in accordance with instructions
shipped with this accessory. See Fig. 1-4. Install insulation,
cant strips, roofing, and counter flashing as shown. Ductwork
can be installed to roof curb before unit is set in place. Curb
should be level. This is necessary to permit unit drain to function properly. Unit leveling tolerance is shown in Fig. 1-3.
Refer to Accessory Roof Curb Installation Instructions for
additional information as required. When accessory roof curb
is used, unit may be installed on class A, B, or C roof covering
material.
Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork — Secure all
ducts to building structure. Use flexible duct connectors between unit and ducts as required. Insulate and weatherproof all
external ductwork, joints, and roof openings with counter
flashing and mastic in accordance with applicable codes.
NOTE: Due to width of the horizontal supply/return ductwork,
provisions should be made for servicing of the outdoor air filters (i.e., catwalk over ductwork).
Ducts passing through an unconditioned space must be insulated and covered with a vapor barrier. Outlet grilles must not
lie directly below unit discharge. The return duct must have a
90-degree elbow before opening into the building space if the
unit is equipped with power exhaust.
To attach ductwork to roof curb, insert duct approximately
10 to 11 in. up into roof curb. Connect ductwork to 14-gage
roof curb material with sheet metal screws driven from inside
the duct.
IMPORTANT: The gasketing of the unit to the roof curb is
critical for a watertight seal. Install gasket with the roof
curb as shown in Fig. 1-3. Improperly applied gasket can
also result in air leaks and poor unit performance.
ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT — When the preferred curb
or slab mount cannot be used, support unit with sleepers on perimeter, using unit curb support area. If sleepers cannot be
used, support long sides of unit (refer to Fig. 5-16) with a minimum number of 4-in. x 4-in. pads spaced as follows:
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units
require 3 pads on each side; 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units require 4 pads on each side;
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units require 6 pads on each side. Unit may sag if supported by corners
only.
For vertical supply and return units, tools or parts could
drop into ductwork and cause an injury. Install a 90-degree
elbow turn in the supply and return ductwork between the
unit and the conditioned space. If a 90-degree elbow cannot
be installed, then a grille of sufficient strength and density
should be installed to prevent objects from falling into the
conditioned space.
Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit — Inspect
unit for
transportation damage. See Tables 1A and 1B for physical data.
File any claim with transportation agency.
Do not drop unit; keep upright. Use spreader bars over unit
to prevent sling or cable damage. Level by using unit frame as
a reference; leveling tolerance is shown in Fig. 1-3. See Fig. 17
for additional information. Unit operating weight is shown in
Table 2.
NOTE: On retrofit jobs, ductwork may be attached to old unit
instead of roof curb. Be careful not to damage ductwork when
removing old unit. Attach existing ductwork to roof curb
instead of unit.
Four lifting lugs are provided on the unit base rails as shown
in Fig. 5-16. Refer to rigging instructions on unit.
POSITIONING — Maintain clearance, per Fig. 5-16, around
and above unit to provide minimum distance from combustible
materials, proper airflow, and service access.
Do not install unit in an indoor location. Do not locate unit
air inlets near exhaust vents or other sources of contaminated
air. For proper unit operation, adequate combustion and ventilation air must be provided in accordance with Section 5.3 (Air
for Combustion and Ventilation) of the National Fuel Gas
Code, ANSI Z223.1 (American National Standards Institute).
Although unit is weatherproof, guard against water from
higher level runoff and overhangs.
Locate mechanical draft system flue assembly at least 4 ft
from any opening through which combustion products could
enter the building, and at least 4 ft from any adjacent building.
Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections
48AJ,AK,EJ,EK UNITS — Unit is shipped for through-thebottom duct connections. Field-fabricated ductwork should be
attached to the roof curb. Supply and return duct dimensions
are shown in Fig. 5-7 and 11-13. Air distribution is shown in
Fig. 18 and 19. Refer to installation instructions shipped with
roof curb for more information.
48AW,AY,EW,EY UNITS — Remove shipping covers from
supply and return air openings. Attach field-supplied ductwork
to unit. Connect to the unit with a single duct for all supply
openings and with a single duct for all return openings. Splitting of the airflow into branch ducts should not be done at the
unit. Sufficient duct length should be used prior to branching to
ensure the air temperatures are well mixed within the ductwork. See Fig. 8-10 and 14-16 for duct opening dimensions.
Secure all ducts to building structure. Air distribution is shown
in Fig. 8-10 and 14-16.
Install accessory barometric relief or power exhaust in the
field-fabricated return ductwork. Refer to Step 11 — Position
Power Exhaust/Barometric Relief Damper Hood section on
page 52 for more information.
Instructions continued on page 28.
2
3
Fig. 1 — Roof Curb — 48AJ,AK020-030 and 48EJ,EK024-034 Units
4
Fig. 2 — Roof Curb — 48AJ,AK034-050 and 48EJ,EK038-048 Units
5
Fig. 3 — Roof Curb — 48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 Units
6
Fig. 4 — Roof Curb Adapter — (48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 Units on 48DD,DF054-064 Retrofit, Part No. CRRCADPT005A00)
NOTES:
1. Unless otherwise specified, all dimensions are to outside of part.
2. Seal strip to be placed covering reference holes.
3. Phantom lines represent seal strip. Total length required is 75 linear ft.
4. If existing seal strip around roof curb seems damaged, replace it. Total
length required is 62 linear ft.
5. Five crossrails are field located per dimensions shown and secured using
self-tapping screws.
6. 48A and 48E series units will overhang existing “DD” or “DF” roof curbs by
2.98″ at indoor motor end and 15.08″ at compressor end.
7. Ductwork (field supplied) must be notched to clear three crossrails.
8. Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters.
7
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer
inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is
mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.
6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 5 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AJ,AK020-030
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 020
48AJ (High Heat) 020
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 025
48AJ (High Heat) 025
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 027
48AJ (High Heat) 027
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 030
48AJ (High Heat) 030
UNIT SIZE
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 020
48AJ (High Heat) 020
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 025
48AJ (High Heat) 025
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 027
48AJ (High Heat) 027
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 030
48AJ (High Heat) 030
UNIT SIZE
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(kg)
2332
2369
2371
2408
2415
2452
2415
2452
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(lbs)
5142
5222
5228
5308
5325
5405
5325
5405
1839
1862
1768
1781
1768
1781
1768
1781
1072
1085
1118
1125
1118
1125
1118
1125
B (mm)
3-63/16
3-611/16
3-8
3-85/16
3-8
3-85/16
3-8
3-85/16
6- 03/8
6- 15/16
5- 95/8
5-103/32
5- 95/8
5-103/32
5- 95/8
5-103/32
A (mm)
B
(ft-in.)
A
(ft-in.)
2
1174
1194
1103
1120
1123
1140
1123
1140
3
1502
1494
1511
1516
1539
1544
1539
1544
4
1384
1408
1511
1537
1539
1565
1539
1565
491
511
500
515
509
524
509
524
1
533
542
500
508
509
517
509
517
2
681
678
686
688
698
700
698
700
3
628
639
686
697
698
710
698
710
4
CORNER WEIGHT (kg)
1082
1126
1103
1135
1123
1156
1123
1156
1
CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)
8
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer
inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is
mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported
by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.
6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 6 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AJ,AK035-050
3-107/8
3-113/16
3-107/8
3-113/16
3-101/2
3-1013/16
7-811/16
7-101/8
7-55/16
7-613/16
7-311/16
7-53/16
UNIT SIZE
1191
1199
1191
1199
1181
1189
B (mm)
B
(ft-in.)
A
(ft-in.)
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
A (mm)
(kg)
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 035
2723
2355
48AJ (High Heat) 035
2796
2390
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 040
2955
2268
48AJ (High Heat) 040
3027
2306
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 050
3050
2228
48AJ (High Heat) 050
3123
2266
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(lbs)
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 035
6004
48AJ (High Heat) 035
6164
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 040
6514
48AJ (High Heat) 040
6674
48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 050
6725
48AJ (High Heat) 050
6885
UNIT SIZE
2
1209
1251
1264
1307
1294
1337
3
1595
1607
1779
1787
1878
1886
4
1820
1859
2030
2068
2104
2142
626
656
654
686
657
689
1
548
567
573
593
587
607
2
723
729
807
811
852
856
3
826
843
921
938
954
972
4
CORNER WEIGHT (kg)
1380
1447
1442
1512
1449
1519
1
CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)
9
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For
removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
UNIT SIZE
CENTER OF GRAVITY
% OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER
ft-in.
Millimeters
A
B
A
B
1
2
3
4
48AJD/AKD060 10-711/16 3-1019/32 3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2
48AJE060
11-211/16 4-19/32
3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS
(See Note 6) lbs (kg)
060
48AJD/AKD
8930 (4051)
48AJE
9170 (4159)
Fig. 7 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AJ,AK060
5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is mounted
on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported by cross braces as
done on accessory roof curb.
6. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods and filters (indoor fan motor is not
included). Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for total operating weight.
7. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD, compressor electric unloaders,
VFD transducer and associated wiring.
8. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
10
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer
inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier
Application Engineering Department.
5. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 8 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AW,AY020-030
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 020
48AW (High Heat) 020
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 025
48AW (High Heat) 025
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 027
48AW (High Heat) 027
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 030
48AW (High Heat) 030
UNIT SIZE
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 020
48AW (High Heat) 020
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 025
48AW (High Heat) 025
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 027
48AW (High Heat) 027
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 030
48AW (High Heat) 030
UNIT SIZE
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(kg)
2351
2387
2390
2426
2434
2470
2434
2470
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(lbs)
5182
5262
5268
5348
5365
5445
5365
5445
1839
1862
1768
1781
1768
1781
1768
1781
1072
1085
1118
1125
1118
1125
1118
1125
B (mm)
3-63/16
3-611/16
3-8
3-85/16
3-8
3-85/16
3-8
3-85/16
6- 03/8
6- 15/16
5- 95/8
5-101/8
5- 95/8
5-101/8
5- 95/8
5-101/8
A (mm)
B
(ft-in.)
A
(ft-in.)
2
1183
1203
1111
1128
1132
1149
1132
1149
3
1514
1505
1523
1527
1551
1555
1551
1555
4
1395
1419
1523
1548
1551
1577
1551
1577
495
515
504
519
513
528
513
528
1
537
546
504
512
513
521
513
521
2
687
683
691
693
704
705
704
705
3
633
644
691
702
704
715
704
715
4
CORNER WEIGHT (kg)
1090
1134
1111
1144
1132
1165
1132
1165
1
CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)
11
Center of Gravity.
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 035
48AW (High Heat) 035
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 040
48AW (High Heat) 040
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 050
48AW (High Heat) 050
UNIT SIZE
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 035
48AW (High Heat) 035
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 040
48AW (High Heat) 040
48AW/AY (Low Heat) 050
48AW (High Heat) 050
UNIT SIZE
Fig. 9 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AW,AY035-050
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
5. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(kg)
2741
2814
2973
3045
3069
3141
OPERATING
WEIGHT*
(lbs)
6044
6204
6554
6714
6765
6925
2355
2390
2268
2306
2228
2266
A (mm)
7- 811/16
7-101/8
7- 311/16
7- 613/16
7- 311/16
7- 53/16
A
(ft-in.)
1191
1199
1191
1199
1181
1189
B (mm)
3-107/8
3-113/16
3-107/8
3-113/16
3-101/2
3-1013/16
B
(ft-in.)
1217
1259
1271
1315
1301
1345
3
1606
1617
1790
1798
1889
1897
4
1832
1871
2042
2080
2117
2155
630
661
658
690
661
693
1
552
571
577
596
590
610
2
728
734
812
816
857
860
3
831
849
926
944
960
977
4
CORNER WEIGHT (kg)
1389
1456
1451
1521
1458
1528
2
CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)
1
12
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For
removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
48AWD/AYD060
48AWE060
UNIT SIZE
CENTER OF GRAVITY
% OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER
ft-in.
Millimeters
A
B
A
B
1
2
3
4
10-711/16 3-1019/32 3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2
3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3
11-211/16 4-19/32
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS
(See Note 6) lbs (kg)
060
48AWD/AYD
8970 (4069)
48AWE
9210 (4178)
Fig. 10 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48W,AY060
5. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods and filters (indoor fan motor is not
included). Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for total operating weight.
6. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD, compressor electric unloaders, VFD
transducer and associated wiring.
7. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
8. For side-supply/return applications, a single return and supply ductwork connection
is recommended for covering all three return and all three supply openings. The
entire area around the duct openings is available for a 1.5″ duct flange attachment.
13
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer
inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is
mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported
by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.
6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 11 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EJ,EK024-034
14
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer
inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is
mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported
by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.
6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 12 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EJ,EK038-048
15
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For removal of evaporator
coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier
Application Engineering Department.
5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If
unit is mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must
be supported by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.
6. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods and filters (indoor
fan motor is not included). Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for total operating weight.
7. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD, compressor
electric unloaders, VFD transducer and associated wiring.
8. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
068
7480 (3393)
7720 (3502)
Fig. 13 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EJ,EK054-068
48EJD/EKD
48EJE
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS
(See Note 6) lbs (kg)
054
058
064
6805 (3087)
7055 (3200)
7305 (3314)
7045 (3196)
7295 (3309)
7545 (3422)
48EJD/EKD054
48EJE054
48EJD/EKD058
48EJE058
48EJD/EKD064
48EJE064
48EJD/EKD068
48EJE068
UNIT SIZE
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Inches
Millimeters
A
B
A
B
130.9 46.9 3325 1192
133.8 47.4 3397 1204
132.1 47.5 3354 1207
139.5 49.6 3544 1260
125.3 45.2 3181 1149
132.2 47.2 3359 1199
127.7 46.6 3242 1184
134.7 48.6 3422 1235
% OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER
1
2
3
4
22.4 19.6 27.0 30.9
23.1 19.8 26.3 30.7
22.9 19.5 26.5 31.1
25.3 19.6 24.1 31.1
20.7 19.6 29.1 30.7
22.8 19.7 26.7 30.8
21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2
23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3
16
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For removal of evaporator
coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier
Application Engineering Department.
5. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 14 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EW,EY024-034
17
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For removal of evaporator
coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier
Application Engineering Department.
5. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
Fig. 15 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EW,EY038-048
18
Center of Gravity.
3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge
facing economizer inlet.
Min Clearances to be:
Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].
Top of Units: No Overhang.
Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].
Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].
Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].
Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For
removal of evaporator coil.)
4. For smaller service and operational clearances
contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.
5. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods
and filters (indoor fan motor is not included).
Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for
total operating weight.
6. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD,
compressor electric unloaders, VFD transducer
and associated wiring.
7. For side-supply/return applications, a single
return and supply ductwork connection is recommended for covering all three return and all
three supply openings. The entire area around
the duct openings is available for a 1.5″ duct
flange attachment
8. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].
2.
NOTES:
1. Weights include economizer (standard).
068
7520 (3411)
7760 (3520)
Fig. 16 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EW,EY054-068
48EWD/EYD
48EWE
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS
(See Note 6) lbs (kg)
054
058
064
6845 (3105)
7095 (3218)
7345 (3332)
7085 (3214)
7335 (3327)
7585 (3441)
48EWD/EYD054
48EWE054
48EWD/EYD058
48EWE058
48EWD/EYD064
48EWE064
48EWD/EYD068
48EWE068
UNIT SIZE
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Inches
Millimeters
A
B
A
B
130.9 46.9 3325 1192
133.8 47.4 3397 1204
132.1 47.5 3354 1207
139.5 49.6 3544 1260
125.3 45.2 3181 1149
132.2 47.2 3359 1199
127.7 46.6 3242 1184
134.7 48.6 3422 1235
% OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER
1
2
3
4
22.4 19.6 27.0 30.9
23.1 19.8 26.3 30.7
22.9 19.5 26.5 31.1
25.3 19.6 24.1 31.1
20.7 19.6 29.1 30.7
22.8 19.7 26.7 30.8
21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2
23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3
A
2
3
B
4
1
48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS
UNIT
48AJ,AKD020
48AJE020
48AW,AYD020
48AWE020
48AJ,AKD025
48AJE025
48AW,AYD025
48AWE025
48AJ,AKD027
48AJE027
48AW,AYD027
48AWE027
48AJ,AKD030
48AJE030
48AW,AYD030
48AWE030
48AJ,AKD035
48AJE035
48AW,AYD035
48AWE035
48AJ,AKD040
48AJE040
48AW,AYD040
48AWE040
48AJ,AKD050
48AJE050
48AW,AYD050
48AWE050
48AJ,AKD060
48AJE060
48AW,AYD060
48AWE060
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Inches
Millimeters
A
B
A
B
72.4
42.2
1839
1072
73.3
42.7
1862
1085
72.4
42.2
1839
1072
73.3
42.7
1862
1085
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
92.7
46.9
2355
1191
94.1
47.2
2390
1199
92.7
46.9
2355
1191
94.1
47.2
2390
1199
89.3
46.9
2268
1191
90.8
47.2
2306
1199
89.3
46.9
2268
1191
90.8
47.2
2306
1199
87.7
46.5
2228
1181
89.2
46.8
2266
1189
87.7
46.5
2228
1181
89.2
46.8
2266
1189
125.3
45.2
3181
1149
132.2
47.2
3359
1199
127.7
46.6
3242
1184
134.7
48.6
3422
1235
PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER (%)
1
21.0%
21.6%
21.0%
21.6%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
23.0%
23.5%
23.0%
23.5%
22.1%
22.7%
22.1%
22.7%
21.6%
22.1%
21.6%
22.1%
21.7%
23.9%
21.7%
23.9%
Fig. 17 — Rigging Information
19
2
22.8%
22.9%
22.8%
22.9%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
20.1%
20.3%
20.1%
20.3%
19.4%
19.6%
19.4%
19.6%
19.2%
19.4%
19.2%
19.4%
19.3%
19.4%
19.3%
19.4%
3
29.2%
28.6%
29.2%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
26.6%
26.1%
26.6%
26.1%
27.3%
26.8%
27.3%
26.8%
27.9%
27.4%
27.9%
27.4%
27.7%
25.4%
27.7%
25.4%
4
26.9%
27.0%
26.9%
27.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
30.3%
30.2%
30.3%
30.2%
31.2%
31.0%
31.2%
31.0%
31.3%
31.1%
31.3%
31.1%
31.2%
31.3%
31.2%
31.3%
48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS
UNIT
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD024
48EJ,EWE024
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD028
48EJ,EWE028
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD030
48EJ,EWE030
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD034
48EJ,EWE034
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD038
48EJ,EWE038
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD044
48EJ,EWE044
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD048
48EJ,EWE048
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD054
48EJ,EWE054
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD058
48EJ,EWE058
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD064
48EJ,EWE064
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD068
48EJ,EWE068
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Inches
Millimeters
A
B
A
B
72.4
42.2
1839
1072
73.3
42.7
1862
1085
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
69.6
44.0
1768
1118
70.1
44.3
1781
1125
92.7
46.9
2355
1191
94.1
47.2
2390
1199
89.3
46.9
2268
1191
90.8
47.2
2306
1199
87.7
46.5
2228
1181
89.2
46.8
2226
1189
130.9
46.9
3325
1192
133.8
47.4
3397
1204
132.1
47.5
3354
1207
139.5
49.6
3544
1260
125.3
45.2
3181
1149
132.2
47.2
3359
1199
127.7
46.6
3242
1184
134.7
48.6
3422
1235
PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER (%)
1
21.0
21.6
21.1
21.4
21.1
21.4
21.1
21.4
23.0
23.5
22.1
22.7
21.6
22.1
22.4
23.1
22.9
25.3
20.7
22.8
21.7
23.9
2
22.8
22.9
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
20.1
20.3
19.4
19.6
19.2
19.4
19.6
19.8
19.5
19.6
19.6
19.7
19.3
19.4
3
29.2
28.6
28.9
28.6
28.9
28.6
28.9
28.6
26.6
26.1
27.3
26.8
27.9
27.4
27.0
26.3
26.5
24.1
29.1
26.7
27.7
25.4
4
26.9
27.0
28.9
29.0
28.9
29.0
28.9
29.0
30.3
30.2
31.2
31.0
31.3
31.1
30.9
30.7
31.1
31.1
30.7
30.8
31.2
31.3
050
6725
6885
6765
6925
060
8930
9170
8970
9210
RIGGING WEIGHTS
48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS
UNIT
020
5142
5222
5182
5262
48AJ,AKD
48AJ,AKE
48AW,AYD
48AW,AYE
025
5228
5308
5268
5348
027
5325
5405
5365
5445
MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*
030
035
5325
6004
5405
6164
5365
6044
5445
6204
040
6514
6674
6554
6714
3. On 020-050 includes 170 lbs and on 060 55 lbs for economizer
hoods. Includes 45 lbs for the economizer hood packaging.
4. Add 220 lbs for copper coil on the 020-030 size.
5. Add 284 lbs for copper coil on the 035 size.
6. Add 380 lbs for copper coil on the 040-050 size.
7. Add 651 lbs for copper coil on the 060 size.
*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan
motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable
frequency drive (VFD).
NOTES:
1.
Center of gravity.
2. On 020-050 includes 500 lbs and on 060 725 lbs for modulating
power exhaust.
48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS
UNIT
48EJ,EKD
48EJE
48EW,EYD
48EWE
024
5142
5222
5182
5262
028
5228
5384
5404
5492
030
5304
5384
5344
5424
034
5304
5384
5344
5424
MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*
038
044
048
5943
6237
6622
6103
6397
6782
5983
6277
6662
6143
6437
6822
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan
motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable
frequency drive (VFD).
NOTES:
1.
Center of gravity.
2. Sizes 024-048 includes 500 lb and sizes 054-068 includes
725 lb for modulating power exhaust.
3. Sizes 024-048 includes 170 lb and sizes 054-068 includes
255 lb for economizer hoods.
058
8377
8617
8417
8657
064
8755
8995
8795
9035
Economizer hood packaging includes 45 lb.
For sizes 024-034 add 220 lb for copper coil.
For sizes 038-044 add 284 lb for copper coil.
For 048 size add 380 lb for copper coil.
For 054 size add 271 lb for copper coil.
For 058 size add 407 lb for copper coil.
For 064 size add 489 lb for copper coil.
For 068 size add 651 lb for copper coil.
Fig. 17 — Rigging Information (cont)
20
054
8029
8269
8069
8309
068
8930
9170
8970
9210
Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL *
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp
EVAPORATOR COIL
Tube Size (in.)
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt Quantity
Belt Type
Belt Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout
Temp (F) †
Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting
Stage 1 (amps)
Stage 2 (amps)
Gas Input (Btuh)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
020D/E
20
1...06D328, 1...06D818
2
115, 88
025D/E
027D/E
25
27
See Operating Weights Table 2.
2...06D328
2
115 ea.
2...06D328
2
115 ea.
030D/E
30
1...06D537, 1…06D328
2
115 ea.
R-22
25-0
31-0
25-0
29-0
27-0
25-0
28-0
29-0
Cross-Hatched 3/8" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
1
1
1
1
4...15
4...15
4...15
4...15
33.3
33.3
33.3
33.3
Propeller Type
13,420
13,420
13,420
13,420
2...30
2...30
2...30
2...30
1
1
1
1
Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins
3/
3/
3/
3/
8
8
8
8
4...15
4...15
4...15
4... 5
31.7
31.7
34.7
34.7
Centrifugal Type
2...20 X 15
2... 20 X 15
2... 20 X 15
2... 20 X 15
Belt
Belt
Belt
Belt
8,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
5
10
15
7.5
10
15
10
15
20
10
15
20
184T
215T
254T
213T
215T
254T
215T
254T
256T
215T
254T
256T
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
1200
1200
1200
1200
4.9
4.4
5.7
5.4
6.1
5.5
4.4
4.9
5.9
4.4
5.7
5.9
1 1/ 8
13/8
13/8
13/8
1 3/ 8
15/8
13/8
15/8
1 5/ 8
13/8
15/8
15/8
12.4
8.6
9.1
12.4
11.1
8.7
9.4
8.1
8.7
9.0
9.1
8.7
115/16
115/16
115/16
115/16
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
BX56
BX50
5VX530
BX56
5VX590
5VX570
BX50
5VX500
5VX530
BX50
5VX530
5VX530
56
63
53
56
59
57
50
50
53
50
53
53
16.0-18.7 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9
717
924
1096
773
962
1106
848
1059
1187
884
1096
1187
225
225
225
225
.111...34
.089...43
.111...34
.089...43
.111...34
.089...43
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
426
320
426
320
426
320
426
320
27
67
27
67
27
67
27
67
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4..20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
LEGEND
Al
— Aluminum
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
Cu — Copper
*Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper
portion.
Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have
intertwined evaporator coils.
†Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.
21
Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL *
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp
EVAPORATOR COIL
Tube Size (in.)
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt Quantity
Belt Type
Belt Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout
Temp (F) †
Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting
Stage 1 (amps)
Stage 2 (amps)
Gas Input (Btuh)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
Al
—
Bhp —
Cu —
035D/E
35
2...06D537
2
115 ea.
040D/E
050D/E
40
50
See Operating Weights Table 2.
1...06D537, 1...06EA250
2
115, 224
2…06EA250
2
224 ea.
060D/E
60
2...06EA265
2
304 ea.
34-8
34-8
51-8
50-0
79-8
49-8
50-0
79-8
Cross-Hatched 3/8" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
2
2
2
2
3...15
4...15
4...15
4…15
58.3
66.7
66.7
100
Propeller Type
27,064
27,064
27,064
43,900
4...30
4...30
4...30
6...30
1
1
1
1
Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins
3/
1/
1/
1/
8
2
2
2
4...15
6...15
6...15
4...17
34.7
31.3
31.3
48.1
Centrifugal Type
2...20 X 15
2...20 X 15
2...20 X 15
3...20 X 15
Belt
Belt
Belt
Belt
14,000
16,000
20,000
24,000
10
15
20
15
20
25
20
25
30
25
30
40
215T
254T
256T
254T
256T
284T
256T
284T
286T
284T
286T
324T
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
1200
1200
1300
1200
6.1
5.3
5.7
5.3
5.7
7.5
6.3
8.1
7.5
5.3
8.1
9.4
13/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
1 5/ 8
17/8
15/8
17/8
17/8
17/8
1 7/ 8
21/8
13.7
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
11.1
11.1
12.5
11.1
9.1
12.5
13.6
115/16
115/16
115/16
115/16
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
5VX610
5VX530
5VX550
5VX530
5VX550
5VX590
5VX570
5VX630
5VX590
5VX530
5VX630
5VX650
61
53
55
53
55
59
57
63
59
53
63
65
15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 14.6-17.6 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 14.2-17.0
779
976
1050
976
1050
1182
993
1134
1182
1019
1134
1214
225
225
225
225
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
300,000/600,000
400,000/800,000
82
10-40/30-60
0.1
0.1
300,000/600,000
400,000/800,000
82
10-40/30-60
0.1
0.1
300,000/600,000
400,000/800,000
82
10-40/30-60
0.1
0.1
582,000/ 873,000
776,000/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.3
3.3
3
426
320
426
320
426
320
426
320
27
67
27
67
27
67
27
67
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
LEGEND
Aluminum
Brake Horsepower
Copper
*Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper
portion.
Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have
intertwined evaporator coils.
†Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.
22
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Type Ckt 1
Ckt 2
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1*
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)
EVAPORATOR COIL
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size (Standard)
(High Efficiency)
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt, Quantity...Type
Belt, Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**
Burner Orifice Diameter
(in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator
Setting (amps)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Gas Input (Btuh)
Stage 1 Low
High
Stage 2 Low
High
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
Field Gas Connection Size
(in.-FPT)
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
POWER EXHAUST
Motor, Quantity...Hp
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)
024D/E
20
028D/E
030D/E
25
27.5
For Operating Weights see Table 2.
034D/E
30
06D328
06D818
2
115, 88
06D328
06D328
2
115 ea.
06D537
06D537
2
115 ea.
06D537
06D328
2
115 ea.
R-22
25-0
31-0
25-0
25-0
25-0
25-0
25-0
25-0
Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
1
1
1
1
4...15
4...15
4...15
4...15
33.3
33.3
33.3
33.3
Propeller Type
13,420
13,420
13,420
13,420
2...30
2...30
2...30
2...30
1
1
1
1
3
Cross-Hatched /8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits
4...15
4...15
4...15
4...15
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
Centrifugal Type
2...20x15
2...20x15
2...20x15
2...20x15
Belt
Belt
Belt
Belt
8,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
5
10†
15
7.5
10†
15
10
15†
20
10
15†
20
S184T
S215T
D254T
S213T
S215T
D254T
S215T
D254T
S256T
S215T
D254T
S256T
S184T
S215T
S254T
S213T
S215T
S254T
S215T
S254T
S256T
S215T
S254T
S256T
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
1200
1200
1200
1200
4.9
4.4
5.7
5.4
6.1
5.5
4.4
4.9
5.9
4.4
5.7
5.9
11/8
13/8
15/8
1 3/ 8
13/8
15/8
13/8
1 5/ 8
15/8
13/8
15/8
15/8
12.4
8.6
9.1
12.4
11.1
8.7
9.4
8.1
8.7
9.0
9.1
8.7
115/16
115/16
115/16
115/16
1...BX56 2...BX50 2...5VX530 1...BX56 1...5VX570 2...5VX530 2...BX50 2...5VX500 2...5VX530 2...BX50 2...5VX530 2...5VX530
56
50
53
56
59
57
50
50
53
50
53
53
16.0-18.7 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
717
924
1096
773
962
1106
848
1059
1187
884
1096
1187
225
225
225
225
.111...34
.089...43
.111...34
.089...43
.111...34
.089...43
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
426
320
426
320
426
320
426
320
7
22
7
22
7
22
7
22
10...20 x 24 x 2
10...20 x 24 x 2
10...20 x 24 x 2
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
8...16 x 25
8...16 x 25
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
4...20 x 25
4...20 x 25
4...20 x 25
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan
4...1
11...10
*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.
Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.
**Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.
23
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Type Ckt 1
Ckt 2
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1*
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)
EVAPORATOR COIL
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size (Standard)
(High Efficiency)
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt, Quantity...Type
Belt, Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**
Burner Orifice Diameter
(in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator
Setting (amps)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Gas Input (Btuh)
Stage 1 Low
High
Stage 2 Low
High
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
Field Gas Connection Size
(in.-FPT)
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
POWER EXHAUST
Motor, Quantity...Hp
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)
034D/E
35
044D/E
40
For Operating Weights see Table 2.
06D537
06D537
2
115 ea.
10
S215T
S215T
6.1
13/8
13.7
1...5VX610
61
15.6-18.4
779
06EA250
06EA250
2
224 ea.
R-22
048D/E
45
06EA265
06EA250
2
304, 224
34-0
35-0
41-0
34-0
35-0
41-0
Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
2
2
1
1
4...15
4...15
4...15
3...15
58.3
58.3
66.7
Propeller Type
27,064
27,064
27,064
4...30
4...30
4...30
1
1
1
3
Cross-Hatched /8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits
3...15
3...15
4...15
34.7
34.7
34.7
Centrifugal Type
2...20x15
2...20x15
2...20x15
Belt
Belt
Belt
14,000
16,000
18,000
15†
20
15
20†
25
20
25†
30
D254T
S256T
D254T
S256T
S284T
S256T
S284T
S286T
S254T
S256T
S254T
S256T
S284T
S256T
S284T
S286T
Ball
Ball
Ball
1200
1200
1200
5.3
5.7
5.3
5.7
7.5
6.3
8.1
7.5
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
17/8
15/8
17/8
17/8
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
11.1
11.1
12.5
11.1
115/16
115/16
115/16
2...5VX530
2...5VX550
2...5VX530
2...5VX550
2...5VX590
2...5VX570
2...5VX630
2...5VX590
53
55
53
55
59
57
63
59
15.0-17.9
15.0-17.9
14.6-17.6
15.0-17.9
14.6-17.6
976
1050
976
1050
1182
993
1134
1182
225
225
225
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
303,500
607,000
400,000
800,000
82
10-40/30-60
5-13.5
0.1
0.1
303,500
607,000
400,000
800,000
82
10-40/30-60
5-13.5
0.1
0.1
303,500
607,000
400,000
800,000
82
10-40/30-60
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
426
320
426
320
426
320
7
22
7
22
7
22
10...20 x 24 x 2
10...20 x 24 x 2
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
8...16 x 25
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
4...20 x 25
4...20 x 25
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan
4...1
11...10
*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.
Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.
**Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.
24
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1*
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)
EVAPORATOR COIL
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt, Quantity...Type
Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**
Burner Orifice Diameter
(in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator
Setting (amps)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Gas Input (Btuh)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Std
Liquid Propane
Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
Field Gas Connection Size
(in.-FPT)
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
POWER EXHAUST
Motor, Quantity...Hp
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)
054D/E
50
1...06EA265, 1...06EA250
2
304, 224
058D/E
064D/E
55
60
For Operating Weights see Table 2.
1...06EA275, 1...06EA250
2
304, 224
1...06EA275, 1...06EA265
2
304, 304
068D/E
65
2...06EA275
2
304, 304
R-22
50-11
46-8
57-0
68-0
81-0
48-6
68-0
73-0
Cross-Hatched 3/8″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
1
1
1
1
2
2
3...15
2...15
3...15
2...15
3...15
4...15
66.6
100.0
100
100
Propeller Type
30,000
43,900
43,900
43,900
4...30
6...30
6...30
6...30
1
1
1
1
Cross-Hatched 1/2″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits
4...17
4...17
4...17
4...17
45.0
45.0
48.1
48.1
Centrifugal Type
3...20x15
3...20x15
3...20x15
3...20x15
Belt
Belt
Belt
Belt
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
15
20†
25
20
25†
30
25
30†
40
25
30†
40
S254T
S256T
S284T
S256T
S284T
S286T
S284T
S286T
S324T
S284T
S286T
S324T
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
1200
1200
1200
1200
4.7
6.1
8.1
5.9
6.7
7.5
5.3
8.1
9.4
6.7
5.9
9.4
15/8
1 5/ 8
17/8
15/8
1 7/ 8
17/8
17/8
17/8
21/8
17/8
17/8
2 1/ 8
11.1
11.1
12.5
11.1
11.1
11.1
9.1
12.5
13.6
12.5
9.5
13.6
115/16
115/16
115/16
115/16
2...5VX550 2...5VX570 2...5VX630 2...5VX570 2...5VX590 2...5VX590 3...5VX530 2...5VX630 2...5VX650 2...5VX610 3...5VX550 2...5VX650
55
57
63
57
59
59
53
63
65
61
55
59
15.2-17.5 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.2-17.0 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.3-17.0
741
962
1134
930
1056
1182
1019
1134
1214
938
1087
1214
225
225
225
225
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
3.3
3.3
3
3.3
3.3
3
3.3
3.3
3
3.3
3.3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
426
320
426
320
426
320
426
320
7
22
7
22
7
22
7
22
16...20 x 24 x 2
16...20 x 24 x 2
16...20 x 24 x 2
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
12...16 x 25
12...16 x 25
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
6...20 x 25
6...20 x 25
6...20 x 25
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan
6...1
11...10
*Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil. Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static pressure. For more information see Table 3.
**Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW.
25
Table 2 — Operating Weights
48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
UNIT
020
4287
4367
4327
4407
48AJD,AKD
48AJE
48AWD,AYD
48AWE
025
4373
4453
4413
4493
OPTION/
ACCESSORY
020
300
450
500
220
365
Barometric Relief
Power Exhaust
Modulating Power Exhaust
Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil
Roof Curb (14-in. curb)
027
4394
4474
4434
4514
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*
030
035
4394
5073
4474
5233
4434
5113
4514
5273
040
5515
5675
5555
5715
050
5628
5788
5668
5828
OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)
027
030
035
040
300
300
300
300
450
450
450
450
500
500
500
500
220
220
285
285
365
365
410
410
025
300
450
500
220
365
060
7480
7720
7520
7760
050
300
450
500
380
410
060
450
675
725
651
585
48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units
UNIT
48EJ,EKD
48EJE
48EW,EYD
48EWE
024
4287
4367
4327
4407
028
4373
4453
4413
4493
OPTION/
ACCESSORY
Barometric Relief
Power Exhaust
Modular Power Exhaust
Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil
Roof Curb (14-in. curb)
MOTOR
HP
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
Cu
CV
FIOP
HP
IFM
VAV
VFD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
030
4373
4453
4413
4493
024
300
450
500
220
365
CV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)
STANDARD
UNIT
EFFICIENCY
VOLTAGE
IFM
230/460
78
575
78
230/460
107
575
107
230/460
118
575
118
230/460
150
575
150
230/460
212
575
212
230/460
240
575
240
230/460
283
575
283
230/460
372
575
372
028
300
450
500
220
365
034
4373
4453
4413
4493
030
300
450
500
220
365
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*
038
044
048
5012
5238
5525
5172
5398
5685
5052
5278
5565
5212
5438
5725
054
6805
7045
6845
7085
OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)
034
038
044
048
054
300
300
300
300
450
450
450
450
450
675
500
500
500
500
725
220
285
285
380
271
365
410
410
410
585
HIGH
EFFICIENCY
IFM
94
92
135
136
164
156
217
220
250
258
309
319
355
359
415
410
MOTOR
HP
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
LEGEND
Copper
Constant Volume
Factory-Installed Option
Horsepower
Indoor Fan Motor
Variable Air Volume
Variable Frequency Drive
058
7055
7295
7095
7335
064
7305
7545
7345
7585
058
450
675
725
407
585
VAV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)
STANDARD
UNIT
EFFICIENCY
VOLTAGE
IFM
230/460
125
575
163
230/460
183
575
193
230/460
204
575
204
230/460
238
575
240
230/460
348
575
304
230/460
377
575
375
230/460
480
575
418
230/460
637
575
587
064
450
675
725
489
585
068
7480
7720
7520
7760
068
450
675
725
651
585
HIGH
EFFICIENCY
IFM
141
177
211
222
250
242
305
310
386
350
446
454
552
494
680
625
NOTES:
1. Base unit weight includes outdoor-air hoods. Base unit weight
does NOT include indoor-fan motor. ADD indoor-fan motor,
FIOPs, and accessories for TOTAL operating weight.
2. The VAV motor weights include indoor fan motor and the VFD
(variable frequency drive), compressor electric unloaders, VFD
transducers, and associated wiring.
*Outdoor-air hoods and filters included in base unit weights; indoorfan motors are NOT included.
26
Table 3 — Evaporator Fan Motor Data
MOTOR
UNIT
UNIT
FAN
MOTOR
SHEAVE
SIZE
SIZE
MOTOR
SHAFT MOTOR
SHAFT DIA.
PITCH
48AJ,AK, 48EJ,EK,
HP
SPEED SHEAVE
(in.)
DIAMETER
AW,AY
EW,EY
(rpm)
(in.)
5
1.125
717
BK55
4.9
020
024
10
1.375
924
2BK50
4.4
15
1.625
1096
2B5V56
5.7
7.5
1.375
773
BK60H
5.4
025
028
10
1.375
962
1B5V60
6.1
15
1.625
1106
2B5V54
5.5
10
1.375
848
2BK50
4.4
027
030
15
1.625
1059
2B5V48
4.9
20
1.625
1187
2B5V58
5.9
10
1.375
884
2BK50
4.4
030
034
15
1.625
1096
2B5V56
5.7
20
1.625
1187
2B5V58
5.9
10
1.375
779
1B5V60
6.1
035
038
15
1.625
976
2B5V52
5.3
20
1.625
1050
2B5V56
5.7
15
1.625
976
2B5V52
5.3
040
044
20
1.625
1050
2B5V56
5.7
25
1.875
1182
2B5V74
7.5
20
1.625
993
2B5V62
6.3
050
048
25
1.875
1134
2B5V80
8.1
30
1.875
1182
2B5V74
7.5
15
1.625
741
2B5V46
4.7
—
054
20
1.625
962
2B5V60
6.1
25
1.875
1134
2B5V80
8.1
20
1.625
930
2B5V58
5.9
—
058
25
1.875
1056
2B5V66
6.7
30
1.875
1182
2B5V74
7.5
25
1.875
1019
3B5V52
5.3
060
064
30
1.875
1134
2B5V80
8.1
40
2.125
1214
2B5V94
9.4
25
1.875
938
2B5V66
6.7
—
068
30
1.875
1087
3B5V58
5.9
40
2.125
1214
2B5V94
9.4
BUSHING
DIAMETER
(in.)
FAN
SHEAVE
NONE — 1.125
NONE — 1.375
B — 1.625
H — 1.375
H — 1.375
B — 1.625
NONE — 1.375
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
H — 1.375
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
NONE — 1.375
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 2.125
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 2.125
1B5V124
2B5V86
2B5V90
1B5V124
1B5V110
2B5V86
2B5V94
2B5V80
2B5V86
2B5V90
2B5V90
2B5V86
1B5V136
2B5V94
2B5V94
2B5V94
2B5V94
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V124
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V124
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V110
3B5V90
2B5V124
2B5V136
2B5V124
3B5V94
2B5V136
FAN
SHEAVE
BUSHING
BELT
BELT
PITCH
DIAMETER
TENSION
(Quantity)
DIAMETER
(in.)
(lb at .25 in.)
(in.)
12.4
B—1.9375
BX56
8
8.6
B—1.9375
(2) BX50
8
9.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
9
12.4
B—1.9375
BX56
10
11.1
B—1.9375
5VX570
11
8.7
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
9
9.4
B—1.9375
(2) BX50
8
8.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX500
10
8.7
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
11
9.0
B—1.9375
(2) BX50
8
9.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
9
8.7
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
11
13.7
B—1.9375
5VX610
12
9.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
10
9.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550
11
9.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530
10
9.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550
11
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590
11
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570
11
12.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630
11
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590
13
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550
11
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570
12
12.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630
12
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570
13
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590
14
11.1
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590
14
9.1
B—1.9375 (3) 5VX530
12
12.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630
14
13.6
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX650
15
12.5
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX610
14
9.5
B—1.9375 (3) 5VX550
13
13.6
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX650
15
NOTES:
1. Motor shaft speed is 1750 rpm. The fan shaft diameter is 115/16 inches.
2. All indoor fan motors meet the minimum efficiency requirements
as established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT), effective
October 24, 1997.
Fig. 19 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Side
Fig. 18 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Bottom
27
Step 5 — Install Flue Hood
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048
UNITS — Flue hood is shipped inside gas section of unit. To
install, secure flue hood to access panel. See Fig. 20A.
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
UNITS — Flue hood and wind baffle are shipped inside gas
section of unit. To install, secure flue hood to access panel. Install the two pieces of the wind baffle over the flue hood. See
Fig. 20B.
NOTE: When properly installed, flue hood will line up with
combustion fan housing. See Fig. 21.
Fig. 21 — Combustion Fan Housing Location
Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain — See Fig. 5-16
for drain location. Condensate drain is open to atmosphere and
must be trapped. Install a trapped drain at the drain location.
One 1-in. FPT coupling is provided inside the unit evaporator
section for condensate drain connection. A trap at least 4-in.
deep must be used. See Fig. 22. Trap must be installed to prevent freeze-up.
Condensate pans are sloped so that water will completely
drain from the condensate pan to comply with indoor air quality guidelines. The condensate drain pans are not insulated.
Fig. 20A — Flue Hood Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 Units)
GAS SECTION
ACCESS PANEL
Fig. 22 — Condensate Drain Trap Piping Details
(Typical Roof Curb or Slab Mount Shown)
FLUE HOOD
Step 7 — Install Gas Piping — Unit is equipped for
use with natural gas. Installation must conform with local
building codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1.
Install manual gas shutoff valve with a 1/8-in. NPT pressure
tap for test gage connection at unit. Field gas piping must include sediment trap and union. See Fig. 23. An 1/8-in. NPT is
also located on the gas manifold adjacent to the gas valve.
WIND
BAFFLE
TOP VIEW
SIDE VIEW
Do not pressure test gas supply while connected to unit.
Always disconnect union before servicing.
Fig. 20B — Flue Hood Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 Units)
28
OPTIONAL STAGED GAS UNITS — The staging pattern
is selected based on Heat Stage Type (HTSTGTYP). Max
Capacity per changes default value is selected based on Capacity Maximum Stage (CAPMXSTG). See Table 4.
For complete information and service instructions for
Staged Gas Control Units, see Control Operation and Troubleshooting literature.
IMPORTANT: Natural gas pressure at unit gas connection
must not be less than 5 in. wg or greater than 13.5 in. wg.
Size gas-supply piping for 0.5-in. wg maximum pressure
drop. Do not use supply pipe smaller than unit gas connection.
Step 8 — Controls Options — The control options
that the units can provide are based on the following parameters: CV (constant volume) or VAV (variable air volume) operation; stand-alone unit with field-supplied sensors installed
(CV or VAV); as a system via Carrier Comfort System (TEMP
or VVT® [Variable Volume and Temperature]); optional electronic expansion board installed (CV or VAV); linked to the
Carrier Comfort Network; availability of a computer and software (ComfortWORKS® Building Supervisor, and Service
Tool) or remote enhanced display accessory installed to access
the base control board; and optional factory-installed staged
gas control. See Table 5.
NOTE: Access to the base control board allows unit occupancy schedules, unit timeclock, and various set points to be
changed from their factory-defined default settings.
Fig. 23 — Field Gas Piping
Table 4 — 48A,E Series Staged Gas Implementation
NUMBER OF STAGES
3
E
5 stages
A
E
A
E
7 stages
A
9 stages
E
A
11 stages
E
A
MODEL NUMBER POSITION
5
6,7,8
024
028
030
S
034
038
044
048
020
025
027
S
030
035
040
050
038
T
044
048
035
T
040
050
024
028
T
030
034
020
025
T
027
030
054
058
T
064
068
T
060
054
058
S
064
068
S
060
29
POSITION
HTSTGTYP
CAPMXSTG
HEAT SIZE
Default=1
Default=20
Low
Default=1
Default=20
Low
Default=1
Default=20
High
Default=1
Default=20
High
Default=2
Default=15
High
Default=2
Default=15
High
Default=3
Default=15
High
Default=3
Default=15
High
Default=4
Default=15
Low
Default=4
Default=15
Low
Table 5 — Controls Options and Configurations (Non-Thermostat Applications)
UNIT CONFIGURATION
CV or VAV Unit with SPT Sensor
CV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote
Start/Stop Switch
VAV Unit Remote Start/Stop Switch Only
VAV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote
Start/Stop Switch
CV
NA
RAT
SAT
SPT
VAV
DEFAULT COOLING
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)
Occupied Cooling — NA
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)
Occupied Cooling — 78 F (26 C) (SPT)
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C)(SPT)
Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) SPT)
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)
Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) (SAT)
DEFAULT HEATING
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT)
Occupied Heating — NA
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT)
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (SPT)
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (RAT)
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13C) (SPT)
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*
LEGEND
Constant Volume
Not Available
Return-Air Temperature
Supply-Air Temperature
Space Temperature
— Variable Air Volume
—
—
—
—
*With DIP Switch No. 5 configured to OPEN (Occupied Heat Enabled).
NOTE: Space temperature sensor and remote start/stop switch are field-supplied.
THERMISTORS — All units are equipped with a supply air
thermistor (SAT) located in the supply fan discharge and an
outdoor air thermistor (OAT) located in the outdoor air hood.
Variable air volume (VAV) units are supplied with a return air
thermistor (RAT) located on the return air damper support.
CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS — The units, as
shipped, are operable as stand-alone units, using either a standard (mechanical or electronic) 2-stage heat, 2-stage cool thermostat, or with an electronic room sensor and a timeclock to
establish unit start and stop times.
With a standard thermostat (programmable is optional),
heating and cooling operation is set by space temperature.
With a space sensor and timeclock, the machine will operate
at default values unless they are changed using appropriate input devices. The space sensor senses space temperature and
may be equipped with a timed override feature, which allows
unit operation during unoccupied periods.
The space sensors may be used in multiples of 4 or 9 to
achieve space temperature averaging. The use of a space sensor
also allows the unit to be turned on and off from a remote
signal.
STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS — The rooftop units
may be ordered with an optional factory-installed staged gas
control system that monitors heating operation of the rooftop
unit.
IMPORTANT: An accessory field-supplied Navigator display module is required for all staged gas control units.
Install Supply-Air Thermistors (Staged Gas Units Only) —
Supply-air thermistors are a field-installed factory-provided
component. Three supply-air thermistors are shipped with
staged gas units and are inside the heating section. Thermistor
wires must be connected to SGC (staged gas controller) in the
heating section. See Table 6 and Fig 24. The supply-air thermistors should be located in the supply duct with the following
criteria:
• downstream of the heat exchanger cells
• equally spaced as far as possible from the heat exchanger
cells
• a duct location where none of the supply air thermistors
are within sight of the heat exchanger cells
• a duct location with good mixed supply air portion of the
unit.
Table 6 — Thermistor Designations
THERMISTOR
PIN
CONNECTION
POINT
SAT 1
J8 – 1,2 (SGC)
SAT 2
J8 – 3,4 (SGC)
SAT 3
J8 – 5,6 (SGC)
FUNCTION AND LOCATION
Thermistors
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section
underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section
underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section
underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)
30
PART NO.
HH79NZ016
NOTE: A CV unit without a thermostat requires a fieldsupplied sensor for operation.
Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Stand-Alone Applications — Unit control is limited to CV unoccupied default set
points, 90 F for cooling, 55 F for heating unless a computer has
been used to change the set points. There are 2 sensor options
available:
• T-55 sensor will monitor room temperature and provide
unoccupied override capability (1 hour)
• T-56 sensor will monitor room temperature, provide
unoccupied override capability (1 hour), and provide a
temperature offset of 5° F.
Standard features are:
• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start and
stop the unit
• cooling capacity control of 3 stages using economizer
and 2 compressors to maintain space temperature to an
occupied or unoccupied set point
• enable heating or cooling during unoccupied periods as
required to maintain space temperature within the unoccupied set points
• adjustment of space temperature set points of ±5° F when
using a T-56 sensor
• provides CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) IAQ (IndoorAir Quality) participation
• control of modulating economizer damper to maintain
indoor air quality (IAQ) when outdoor conditions are
suitable (this function is provided in the base unit controls on units with serial number 0600F or later)
NOTE: The IAQ sensor must be set for current output (4 to
20 mA), not voltage output. Ensure the jumper on the sensor is
in the upper position. See Fig. 25.
Additional features with sensor control of unit (with computer access or Remote Enhanced Display) are:
• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour,
day of week, date, month, and year)
• daylight savings time function
• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation
• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules
• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 or T-56 sensors for a timed period of 1 to 4 hours
• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors to average the space temperature
• supply-air temperature reset for the supply-air temperature set point
• temperature compensated start to calculate early start
times before occupancy
• access to the Display, Maintenance, Configuration, Service, and Set Point data tables through network software
• loadshed and demand limiting
When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space temperature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote start/
stop) on the base control board, the occupied default set points
will monitor unit operation. The occupied default set points are
78 F cooling and 68 F heating (if heating is present). See
Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.
NOTE: For units with a field-supplied space temperature sensor which have not had the base unit control board accessed
via software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/
stop closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured
occupied default set points of 78 F cooling and 68 F heating.
Without this feature, the unit will control to the unoccupied
default set points of 90 F cooling and 55 F heating.
Fig. 24 — Supply-Air Thermistor Connections
Features with Thermostat Control of Unit
• two-stage heating
• two-stage cooling
• control of unit using Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G thermostat
inputs
• control of the indoor fan
• outdoor-air temperature/supply-air temperature
monitoring
• control of an outdoor air condenser fan based on outdoor-air temperature
• control of modulating economizer damper to provide
free cooling when outdoor conditions are suitable, using
supply-air temperature as a control point
• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to
obtain unoccupied free cooling
• provide power exhaust output to an external power
exhaust controller
• support a field test for field checkout
• control of 2 stages of CV power exhaust
• compressor Time Guard® (power up, minimum off and
on times)
• compressor lockout during low supply-air temperature
Additional features are provided by accessing the standard
unit control board via software with a computer. These features
are:
• electronic expansion board features (if installed)
• control board diagnostics
• ability to change supply air set point (economizer control)
• ability to change high outdoor temperature lockout set
point (economizer control)
• ability to change power exhaust set points
31
See Carrier TEMP or VVT® (Variable Volume and Temperature) literature for complete TEMP (single zone) or VVT
(multi-zone) application information.
Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Network Applications) — The base control board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier VVT system and can also be integrated into a Carrier Comfort Network.
When the unit is accessed via a PC equipped with
ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, Service Tool software, or accessory Remote Enhanced Display, the following
features can be accessed:
• on-board timeclock can be programmed
• occupancy schedules can be programmed
• unit set points can be changed
• alarms can be monitored
This access is available on the base control board via a
RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication
bus. See Fig. 27. The timeclock has a 10-hour minimum backup time to provide for unit power off for servicing unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier Comfort
System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) features
and benefits, refer to the product literature.
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS
Features with Stand-Alone Applications — The units, as
shipped, are operable as stand-alone units with the addition of a
timeclock to establish unit start and stop times.
Heating and cooling in both on and off modes is controlled
to default values by the base unit control. Set points may be
changed with appropriate input devices.
The control has an on-board occupancy schedule which can
be set using an input device and eliminates the need for an external timeclock.
During both the on and off periods, cooling operation is
controlled to the supply air setting and heating is controlled to
the return air setting (or to the optional space temperature sensor). During the on period, the supply fan runs continuously.
During the off period, the supply fan will be activated if the return air sensor is outside of the set points and will run long
enough to accurately sample the space temperature. The supply
fan will then continue to run until any heating or cooling load is
satisfied, at which point it will turn off.
The use of a space sensor will allow for supply air reset to
conserve energy and maintain comfort. If equipped with an
override feature, the sensor will allow operation during the off
period for a fixed length of time.
Base unit control supports a Heat Interlock Relay (field supplied) to fully open the VAV terminal devices during heating
operation.
Standard features of a VAV unit with a remote start/stop
switch are:
• control board diagnostics
• control of an outdoor condenser fan based upon outdoor
air temperature
• control of modulating economizer to provide free cooling when outdoor conditions are suitable, using supplyair temperature as a set point
• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start or
stop the unit
• provide power exhaust output to an external power
exhaust controller
• support supply-air temperature reset to offset supply air
set point
• support a field test for field check out
• support linkage to DAV (digital air volume) systems
• cooling capacity control of up to 6 stages plus economizer with compressors and unloaders to maintain supply air temperature set point during occupied periods
JUMPER CONNECTION
FOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT
JUMPER CONNECTION
FOR CURRENT OUTPUT
Fig. 25 — Indoor Air Quality Sensor Configuration
REMOTE
START/STOP
SWITCH
(FIELD-SUPPLIED)
R
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
C
X
CONTROL
BOX
LEGEND
Field Supplied Wiring
Fig. 26 — Field Control Remote Start/Stop
An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to provide the following features:
• provide discrete inputs for fan status, filter status, fieldapplied status, and demand limit
• provide an output for the external alarm light indicator
• provide power exhaust fire outputs for direct control of
modulated power exhaust stages during fire or smoke
modes
• control of smoke control modes including evacuation,
smoke purge, pressurization, and fire shutdown (modulating power exhaust required)
When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort
Network), the following expansion board features can be
utilized:
• perform Demand Limit functions based on CCN loadshed commands or the state of the discrete input
• alarm monitoring of all key parameters
• CCN protocol
32
operation. The occupied default set points are 55 F (supply-air
temperature) cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating.
See Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.
NOTE: For units without a space temperature sensor and
which have not had the base unit control board accessed via
software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/stop
closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured
occupied default set points of 55 F (supply-air temperature)
cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating. Without an
occupancy schedule, the unit will control to the unoccupied
default set points of 90 F (return-air temperature) cooling and
55 F (return-air temperature) heating.
Features with Network Applications — The base control
board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier
Comfort System and can also be integrated into a Carrier Comfort Network (CCN). When the unit is accessed via a PC
equipped with ComfortWORKS, Building Supervisor, or Service Tool software or Remote Enhanced Display accessory, the
following features can be accessed:
• on-board timeclock can be programmed
• occupancy schedules can be programmed
• unit set points can be changed
• alarms can be monitored
This access is available on the base control board via a
RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication
bus. See Fig. 27. The internal timeclock has a 10-hour minimum back-up time to provide for unit power off for servicing
unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier
Comfort System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
features and benefits, refer to the product literature.
• control of one stage of heat to maintain return-air temperature at heating set point during occupied periods
• provide a variable frequency drive high voltage relay
output to enable VFD
• control of heat interlock relay
• IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) sensor
• OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality) sensor
• DX compressor lockout occurs at 45 F outdoor air temperature and is factory-enabled on units with serial number 0600F or later. This feature may be disabled through
the use of a computer
• compressor Time Guard® override (power up, minimum
off and on times)
With the addition of a remote start/stop switch heating or
cooling is enabled during unoccupied periods as required to
maintain space temperature to within unoccupied set points.
Occupied heating is enabled or disabled by the position of
DIP (dual in-line package) switch no. 5.
Additional features may be provided with Electronic Access to Unit Control Board. These features are:
• additional control board diagnostics
• electronic expansion board features (if installed)
• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to
obtain unoccupied free cooling
• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour,
day, month, and year)
• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules
• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation
• support a set of display, maintenance, configuration, service, and set point data tables for interface with Building
Supervisor, ComfortWORKS®, or Service Tool software
or accessory remote enhanced display
• CCN IAQ/OAQ (outdoor air quality) participation
When a VAV unit with a space temperature sensor is accessed via a computer, the following additional features are
available:
• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 sensors
• temperature compensated start to calculate early start
time before occupancy
• provide space temperature reset to reset the supply air set
point upward when the temperature falls below the occupied cooling set point
An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to provide the following features:
• fan status
• filter status
• field-applied status
• demand limiting
• alarm light
• fire unit shutdown
• fire pressurization
• fire evacuation
• fire smoke purge
When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort
Network), the following features can be utilized:
• CCN demand limit participation
• modulated power exhaust override
• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors (multiples of 4 and 9 only) to average space temperature (CV
and VAV only)
A field-supplied T-55 space temperature sensor can be added to monitor room temperature and provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour).
When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space
temperature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote
start/stop) the occupied default set points will monitor unit
Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections
POWER WIRING — Units are factory wired for the voltage
shown on the unit nameplate.
When installing units, provide a disconnect per NEC
(National Electrical Code) of adequate size (MOCP [maximum
overcurrent protection] of unit is on the informative plate). All
field wiring must comply with NEC and all local codes and requirements. Size wire based on MCA (minimum circuit amps)
on the unit informative plate. See Fig. 28 for power wiring connections to the unit power terminal block and equipment
ground.
The main power terminal block is suitable for use with aluminum or copper wire. See Fig. 28. Units have circuit breakers
for compressors, fan motors, and control circuit. If required by
local codes, provide an additional disconnect switch. Whenever external electrical sources are used, unit must be electrically
grounded in accordance with local codes, or in absence of local
codes, with NEC, ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C1-latest year.
FIELD POWER SUPPLY — Unit is factory wired for voltage shown on unit nameplate. See Table 7 and 8 for electrical
data.
Field wiring can be brought into the unit from bottom
(through basepan and roof curb) or through side of unit (corner
post next to control box).
A 31/2-in. NPT coupling for field power wiring and a 3/4-in.
NPT coupling for 24-v control wiring are provided in basepan.
In the side post, there are two 21/2-in. (48A020-030 and
48E024-034) or 3-in. (48A035-060 and 48E038-068) knockouts for the field power wiring. See Fig. 5-16. If control wiring
is to be brought in through the side of unit, a 7/8-in. diameter
hole is provided in the condenser side post next to the control
box.
If disconnect box is mounted to corner post, be careful not
to drill any screws into the condenser coil.
33
34
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Carrier Comfort Network
Common
Diode
Dual In-Line Package
Light-Emitting Diode
Normally Closed
N.O.
R
SIO
SW
T
—
—
—
—
—
Normally Open
Relay
Serial Input/Output
Switch
Terminal
*Where X is the unit control software version number.
CCN
COM
D
DIP
LED
N.C.
Fig. 27 — Control Board Diagram
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
COMPRESSOR
VOLTAGE RANGE
OFM
NOMINAL
No. 1
No. 2
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
Min
Max
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
208/230
020
460
575
208/230
025
460
575
FLA —
HACR —
IFM —
LRA —
MCA —
MOCP—
NEC —
OFM —
RLA —
187
414
518
187
414
518
253
508
632
253
508
632
39.1
19.9
16
39.1
19.9
16
228
114
91
228
114
91
25.6
11.5
9.6
39.1
19.9
16
160
80
64
256
114
91
LEGEND
Full Load Amps
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
Locked Rotor Amps
Minimum Circuit Amps
Maximum Overcurrent Protection
National Electrical Code
Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
Rated Load Amps
2
2
2
2
2
2
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
POWER
EXHAUST
IFM
FLA
5
16.7/15.2
10
30.8/28.0
15
46.2/42.0
5
7.6
10
14
15
21
5
6.1
10
11
15
17
7.5
24.2/22.0
10
30.8/28.0
15
46.2/42.0
7.5
11
10
14
15
21
7.5
9
10
11
15
17
FLA
(total)
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
POWER
SUPPLY
MCA
MOCP*
101.8/100.3
125.4/123.9
115.9/113.1
139.5/136.7
133.1/127.8
156.7/151.4
49.4
62.0
55.8
68.4
63.1
75.7
40.5
53.1
45.4
58.0
51.7
64.3
122.8/120.6
146.4/144.2
129.4/126.6
153.0/150.2
146.6/141.3
170.2/164.9
61.2
73.8
64.2
76.8
71.5
84.1
49.8
62.4
51.8
64.4
58.1
70.7
125/125
150/150
150/150
175/175
175/150
200/175
60
80
70
80
80
90
50
60
60
70
60
80
150/150
175/175
150/150
175/175
175/175
200/200
80
90
80
90
90
100
60
70
60
80
70
80
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
=
452 + 464 + 455
3
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the
maximum allowable 2%.
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine
the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
max voltage deviation from average voltage
= 100 x
average voltage
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company
immediately.
35
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
COMPRESSOR
VOLTAGE RANGE
OFM
NOMINAL
No. 1
No. 2
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
Min
Max
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
208/230
027
460
575
208/230
030
460
575
FLA —
HACR —
IFM —
LRA —
MCA —
MOCP—
NEC —
OFM —
RLA —
187
414
518
187
414
518
253
508
632
253
508
632
39.1
19.9
16
57.1
25.6
20.5
256
114
91
266
120
96
39.1
19.9
16
39.1
19.9
16
256
114
91
228
114
91
LEGEND
Full Load Amps
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
Locked Rotor Amps
Minimum Circuit Amps
Maximum Overcurrent Protection
National Electrical Code
Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
Rated Load Amps
2
2
2
2
2
2
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
IFM
FLA
10
30.8/28.0
15
46.2/42.0
20
59.4/54.0
10
14
15
21
20
27
10
11
15
17
20
22
10
30.8/28.0
15
46.2/42.0
20
59.4/54.0
10
14
15
21
20
27
10
11
15
17
20
22
POWER
EXHAUST
FLA
(total)
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
POWER
SUPPLY
MCA
MOCP*
129.4/126.6
153.0/150.2
146.6/141.3
170.2/164.9
163.1/156.3
186.7/179.9
64.2
76.8
71.5
84.1
79.0
91.6
51.8
64.4
58.1
70.7
64.3
76.9
151.9/149.1
175.5/172.7
167.3/163.1
190.9/186.7
181.1/175.1
204.7/198.7
71.3
83.9
78.3
90.9
84.7
97.3
57.4
70.0
63.4
76.0
68.8
81.4
150/150
175/175
175/175
200/200
200/200
225/225
80
90
90
100
100
110
60
80
70
80
80
90
200/200
225/225
200/200
225/225
225/225
250/250
90
100
100
110
110
110
70
90
80
90
90
100
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
=
452 + 464 + 455
3
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the
maximum allowable 2%.
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine
the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
max voltage deviation from average voltage
= 100 x
average voltage
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company
immediately.
36
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
COMPRESSOR
VOLTAGE RANGE
OFM
NOMINAL
No. 1
No. 2
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
Min
Max
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
208/230
035
460
575
208/230
040
460
575
FLA —
HACR —
IFM —
LRA —
MCA —
MOCP—
NEC —
OFM —
RLA —
187
414
518
187
414
518
253
508
632
253
508
632
57.1
25.6
20.5
57.1
25.6
20.5
266
120
96
266
120
96
57.1
25.6
20.5
69.2
28.8
26.7
266
120
96
345
173
120
LEGEND
Full Load Amps
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
Locked Rotor Amps
Minimum Circuit Amps
Maximum Overcurrent Protection
National Electrical Code
Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
Rated Load Amps
4
4
4
4
4
4
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
IFM
FLA
10
30.8/28.0
15
46.2/42.0
20
59.4/54.0
10
14
15
21
20
27
10
11
15
17
20
22
15
46.2/42.0
20
59.4/54.0
25
74.8/68.0
15
21
20
27
25
34
15
17
20
22
25
27
POWER
EXHAUST
FLA
(total)
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
POWER
SUPPLY
MCA
MOCP*
180.5/177.7
204.1/201.3
195.9/191.7
219.5/215.3
209.7/203.7
233.3/227.3
82.4
95.0
89.4
102.0
95.8
108.4
66.7
79.3
72.7
85.3
78.1
90.7
211.0/206.8
234.6/230.4
224.2/218.8
247.8/242.4
241.0/232.8
264.6/256.4
93.4
106.0
99.4
112.0
107.7
120.3
80.5
93.1
85.5
98.1
90.6
103.2
225/225
250/250
250/225
250/250
250/250
250/250
100
110
110
125
110
125
80
90
90
100
100
110
250/250
300/250
250/250
300/300
300/300
300/300
110
125
125
125
125
150
100
110
110
110
110
125
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
=
452 + 464 + 455
3
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the
maximum allowable 2%.
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine
the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
max voltage deviation from average voltage
= 100 x
average voltage
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company
immediately.
37
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
NOMINAL
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
208/230
050
460
575
208/230
060
460
575
FLA —
HACR —
IFM —
LRA —
MCA —
MOCP—
NEC —
OFM —
RLA —
VOLTAGE RANGE
Min
187
414
518
187
414
518
Max
253
508
632
253
508
632
COMPRESSOR
No. 1
No. 2
OFM
IFM
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
69.2
28.8
26.7
82.1
43.6
34.6
345
173
120
446
223
164
69.2
28.8
26.7
82.1
43.6
34.6
345
173
120
446
223
164
LEGEND
Full Load Amps
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
Locked Rotor Amps
Minimum Circuit Amps
Maximum Overcurrent Protection
National Electrical Code
Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
Rated Load Amps
4
4
4
6
6
6
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
FLA
20
59.4/54.0
25
74.8/68.0
30
88/80.0
20
27
25
34
30
40
20
22
25
27
30
32
25
74.8/68.0
30
88/80.0
40
114/104
25
34
30
40
40
52
25
27
30
32
40
41
POWER
EXHAUST
FLA
(total)
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
23.6/23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
35.4/35.4
—
35.4/35.4
—
35.4/35.4
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
POWER
SUPPLY
MCA
MOCP*
236.3/230.9
259.9/254.5
253.1/244.9
276.7/268.5
269.6/259.6
293.2/283.2
102.6
115.2
110.9
123.5
118.4
131.0
91.7
104.3
96.8
109.4
103.0
115.6
291.3/284.5
326.7/319.9
306.0/296.5
341.4/331.9
338.5/326.0
373.9/361.4
148.3
167.2
154.3
173.2
168.4
187.3
119.3
138.2
124.3
143.2
134.9
153.8
300/300
300/300
300/300
350/300
350/300
350/350
125
125
125
150
150
150
110
125
110
125
125
125
350/350
400/400
350/350
400/400
450/400
450/450
175
200
175
200
200
225
150
150
150
175
175
175
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
=
452 + 464 + 455
3
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the
maximum allowable 2%.
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine
the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
max voltage deviation from average voltage
= 100 x
average voltage
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company
immediately.
38
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units
COMPRESSOR
POWER COMBUSTION
NOMNAL VOLTAGE
UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
OFM
IFM
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR
No. 1
No. 2
VOLTAGE RANGE
SIZE
(3 Ph,
48EJ,EK,
FLA
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp (ea) Hp FLA FLA LRA
FLA
MCA
MOCP*
60 Hz)
EW,EY
—
—
0.96
101.8/100.3 125/125
5 16.7/
15.2 23.6 41.6
0.96
125.4/123.9 150/150
—
0.96
115.9/113.1 150/150
30.8/ —
208/230 187 254 39.1 228 25.6 160
2
1
5.3 10
28.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
139.5/136.7 175/175
—
0.96
131.3/127.1 150/150
46.2/ —
15 42.0
23.6 41.6
0.96
154.9/150.7 175/175
—
—
0.5
49.4
60
5 7.6
12.6 23.6
0.5
62.0
80
—
—
0.5
55.8
70
460
414 508 19.9 114 11.5 80
2
1
2.7 10 14.0
024
12.6 23.6
0.5
68.4
80
—
—
0.5
62.8
80
15 21.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
75.4
90
—
—
0.5
40.5
50
5 6.1
12.6 23.6
0.5
53.1
60
—
—
0.5
45.4
60
575
518 632 16.0 91
9.6
64
2
1
2.4 10 11.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
58.0
70
—
—
0.5
51.4
60
15 17.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
64.0
80
—
—
0.96
122.8/120.6 150/150
7.5 24.2/
22.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
146.4/144.2 175/175
—
0.96
129.4/126.6 150/150
30.8/ —
208/230 187 254 39.1 228 39.1 228
2
1
5.3 10
28.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
153.0/150.2 175/175
—
0.96
144.8/140.6 175/175
46.2/ —
15
42.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
168.4/164.2 200/200
—
—
0.5
61.2
80
7.5 11.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
73.8
90
—
—
0.5
64.2
80
460
414 508 19.9 114 19.9 114
2
1
2.7 10 14.0
028
12.6 23.6
0.5
76.8
90
—
—
0.5
71.2
90
15 21.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
83.8
100
—
—
0.5
49.8
60
7.5 9.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
62.4
70
—
—
0.5
51.8
60
575
518 632 16.0 91 16.0 91
2
1
2.4 10 11.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
64.4
80
—
—
0.5
57.8
70
15 17.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
70.4
80
—
0.96
151.9/149.1 200/200
30.8/ —
10 28.0
23.6 41.6
0.96
175.5/172.7 225/225
—
—
0.96
167.3/163.1 225/225
46.2/
208/230 187 254 57.1 266 39.1 228
2
1
5.3 15
42.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
190.9/186.7 225/225
—
0.96
180.5/175.1 225/225
59.4/ —
20
54.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
204.1/198.7 250/250
—
—
0.5
71.3
90
10 14.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
83.9
100
—
—
0.5
78.3
100
030
460
414 508 25.6 120 19.9 114
2
1
2.7 15 21.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
90.9
110
—
—
0.5
84.3
100
20 27.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
96.9
110
—
—
0.5
57.4
70
10 11.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
70.0
90
—
—
0.5
63.4
80
575
518 632 20.5 96 16.0 91
2
1
2.4 15 17.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
76.0
90
—
—
0.5
68.4
80
20 22.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
81.0
100
See Legend and Notes on page 42.
39
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
COMPRESSOR
POWER COMBUSTION
NOMNAL VOLTAGE
UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
OFM
IFM
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR
No. 1
No. 2
VOLTAGE RANGE
SIZE
(3 Ph,
48EJ,EK,
FLA
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp (ea) Hp FLA FLA LRA
FLA
MCA
MOCP*
60 Hz)
EW,EY
—
—
0.96
169.9/167.1 225/200
10 30.8/
28.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
193.5/190.7 250/225
—
0.96
185.3/181.1 200/200
46.2/ —
208/230 187 254 57.1 266 57.1 266
2
1
5.3 15
42.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
208.9/204.7 250/250
—
0.96
198.5/193.1 250/250
59.4/ —
20 54.0
23.6 41.6
0.96
222.1/216.7 275/250
—
—
0.5
77.0
100
10 14.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
89.6
110
—
—
0.5
84.0
100
460
414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120
2
1
2.7 15 21.0
034
12.6 23.6
0.5
96.6
110
—
—
0.5
90.0
110
20 27.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
102.6
125
—
—
0.5
61.9
80
10 11.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
74.5
90
—
—
0.5
67.9
80
575
518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96
2
1
2.4 15 17.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
80.5
100
—
—
0.5
72.9
90
20 22.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
85.5
100
—
—
0.96
180.5/177.7 225/225
10 30.8/
28.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
204.1/201.3 250/250
—
0.96
195.9/191.7 250/225
46.2/ —
208/230 187 254 57.1 266 57.1 266
4
1
5.3 15
42.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
219.5/215.3 275/250
—
0.96
209.1/203.7 250/250
59.4/ —
20
54.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
232.7/227.3 275/275
—
—
0.5
82.4
100
10 14.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
95.0
110
—
—
0.5
89.4
110
460
414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120
4
1
2.7 15 21.0
038
12.6 23.6
0.5
102.0
125
—
—
0.5
95.4
110
20 27.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
108.0
125
—
—
0.5
66.7
80
10 11.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
79.3
90
—
—
0.5
72.7
90
575
518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96
4
1
2.4 15 17.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
85.3
100
—
—
0.5
77.7
90
20 22.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
90.3
110
—
0.96
223.1/218.9 275/275
46.2/ —
15 42.0
23.6 41.6
0.96
246.7/242.5 300/300
—
—
0.96
236.3/230.9 300/300
59.4/
208/230 187 254 69.2 345 69.2 345
4
1
5.3 20
54.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
259.9/254.5 300/300
—
0.96
251.7/244.9 300/300
74.8/ —
25
68.0 23.6 41.6
0.96
275.3/268.5 300/300
—
—
0.5
96.6
125
15 21.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
109.2
125
—
—
0.5
102.6
125
044
460
414 508 28.8 173 28.8 173
4
1
2.7 20 27.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
115.2
125
—
—
0.5
109.6
125
25 34.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
122.2
150
—
—
0.5
86.7
110
15 17.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
99.3
125
—
—
0.5
91.7
110
575
518 632 26.7 120 26.7 120
4
1
2.4 20 22.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
104.3
125
—
—
0.5
96.7
110
25 27.0
12.6 23.6
0.5
109.3
125
See Legend and Notes on page 42.
40
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
COMPRESSOR
NOMNAL VOLTAGE
UNIT
OFM
IFM
No. 1
No. 2
VOLTAGE RANGE
SIZE
(3 Ph,
48EJ,EK,
FLA
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp (ea) Hp
FLA
60 Hz)
EW,EY
208/230
048
460
575
208/230
054
460
575
208/230
058
460
575
187 254
414 508
518 632
187 254
414 508
518 632
82.1
42.3
34.6
82.1
43.6
34.6
446 69.2 345
223 28.8 173
164 26.7 120
446 69.2 345
223 30.8 173
164 26.9 120
187 254 106.4 506 69.2 345
414 508
518 632
52.6
40.4
253 30.8 173
176 26.9 120
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
See Legend and Notes on page 42.
41
20
59.4/
54.0
25
74.8/
68.0
30
88.0/
80.0
20
27.0
25
34.0
30
40.0
20
22.0
25
27.0
30
32.0
15
46.2/
42.0
20
59.4/
54.0
25
74.8/
68.0
15
21.0
20
27.0
25
34.0
15
17.0
20
22.0
25
27.0
20
59.4/
54.0
25
74.6/
68.0
30
88.0/
80.0
20
27.0
25
34.0
30
40.0
20
22
25
27
30
32
POWER COMBUSTION
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR
POWER SUPPLY
FLA LRA
FLA
MCA
MOCP*
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
252.4/247.0
276.0/270.6
267.8/261.0
291.4/284.6
281.0/273.0
304.6/296.6
119.5
132.1
126.5
139.1
132.5
145.1
101.6
114.2
106.6
119.2
111.6
124.2
239.2/235.0
274.6/270.4
252.4/247.0
287.8/282.4
267.8/261.0
303.2/296.4
117.1
136.0
123.1
142.0
130.1
149.0
96.8
115.7
101.8
120.7
106.8
125.7
293.4/288.0
328.8/323.4
308.6/302.0
344.0/337.4
322.0/314.0
357.4/349.4
139.7
158.6
146.7
165.6
152.7
171.6
113.8
132.7
118.8
137.7
123.8
142.7
300/300
300/300
300/300
300/300
300/300
350/300
150
150
150
175
150
175
125
125
125
150
125
150
300/300
350/350
300/300
350/350
300/300
350/350
150
175
150
175
150
175
125
150
125
150
125
150
350/350
400/400
400/400
450/400
400/400
450/450
175
200
175
200
200
200
150
150
150
175
150
175
—
41.6
—
41.6
—
41.6
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
23.6
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT
NOMNAL VOLTAGE
SIZE
VOLTAGE RANGE
48EJ,EK,
(3 Ph,
Min Max
EW,EY
60 Hz)
208/230
COMPRESSOR
No. 1
No. 2
OFM
IFM
460
FLA
FLA LRA
FLA
MCA
MOCP*
25
74.6/
68.0
30
88.0/
80.0
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
321.5/314.9
356.9/350.3
334.9/326.9
370.3/362.3
360.9/350.9
396.3/386.3
159.5
178.4
165.5
184.4
177.5
196.4
126.5
145.4
131.5
150.4
140.5
159.4
345.8/339.2
381.2/374.6
359.2/351.2
394.6/386.6
385.2/375.2
420.6/410.6
168.5
187.4
174.5
193.4
186.5
205.4
132.3
151.2
137.3
156.2
146.3
165.2
400/400
450/450
400/400
450/450
450/450
500/450
200
225
200
225
225
225
150
175
150
175
175
175
450/400
450/450
450/450
500/450
450/450
500/500
200
225
225
225
225
250
150
175
175
175
175
200
187 254 106.4 506
575
208/230
068
460
575
FLA —
HACR —
IFM —
LRA —
MCA —
MOCP—
NEC —
OFM —
RLA —
414 508
518 632
82.1
446
52.6
40.4
253
176
43.6
34.6
223
164
187 254 106.4 506 106.4 506
414 508
518 632
POWER SUPPLY
FLA
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp (ea) Hp
6
1
5.3
114.0/
40 104.0
064
POWER COMBUSTION
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR
52.6
40.4
253
176
52.6
40.4
LEGEND
Full Load Amps
Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
Locked Rotor Amps
Minimum Circuit Amps
Maximum Overcurrent Protection
National Electrical Code
Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
Rated Load Amps
253
176
6
6
6
6
6
1
2.7
1
2.4
1
5.3
1
2.7
1
2.4
25
34.0
30
40.0
40
52.0
25
27.0
30
32.0
40
41.0
25
74.6/
68.0
30
88.0/
80.0
40
114.0/
104.0
25
34.0
30
40.0
40
52.0
25
27
30
32
40
41
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
62.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
—
35.4
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
or
=
452 + 464 + 455
3
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the
maximum allowable 2%.
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine
the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
max voltage deviation from average voltage
= 100 x
average voltage
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company
immediately.
42
Routing Through Bottom of Unit — If wiring is brought in
through bottom of unit, use field-supplied watertight conduit to
run power wiring from basepan out through bottom 31/2-in.
hole to the disconnect box and back into unit to the main control box.
Use strain relief going into control box through 21/2-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on
page 33).
Low-voltage wiring must be run in watertight conduit from
the basepan to control box and through 7/8-in. diameter hole
provided in bottom of unit control box. Field-supplied strain relief must be used going into the box. After wiring is in control
box, make connections to proper terminals on terminal blocks
(see Field Control Wiring section on this page).
Install conduit connector in unit basepan as shown in
Fig. 5-16. Route power and ground lines through connector to
terminal connections in unit control box as shown on unit wiring diagram and Fig. 28.
Routing Through Side of Unit — Route power wiring in
field-supplied watertight conduit into unit through 21/2-in. or
3-in. hole. See Fig. 28.
Use field-supplied strain relief going into control box
through 21/2-in. or 3-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are
in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on page 33).
Bring low-voltage control wiring through factory-drilled
7/ -in. diameter hole in condenser side post. Use strain relief
8
going into 7/8-in. diameter hole in bottom of unit control box.
After wiring is in control box, make connection to proper
terminals on terminal blocks (see Field Control Wiring section
below).
The unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with
local codes and NEC ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association).
Affix crankcase heater sticker (located in the installers packet) to unit disconnect switch.
Voltage to compressor terminals during compressor operation must be within the voltage range indicated on the unit
nameplate. On 3-phase units, phases must be balanced within
2%.
Use the formula in Tables 7 and 8 to determine the percentage of voltage imbalance.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company
immediately.
Unit failure as a result of operation on improper line voltage
or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse and may cause
damage to electrical components.
On 208/230-v units, transformer no. 1 is wired for 230-v. If
208/230-v unit is to be run with 208-v power supply, the transformer must be rewired as follows:
1. Remove cap from red (208 v) wire.
2. Remove cap from spliced orange (230 v) wire. Disconnect orange wire from black unit power wire.
3. Cap orange wire.
4. Splice red wire and black unit power wire. Cap wires.
IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN UNUSED WIRES ARE
CAPPED. Failure to do so may damage the transformers.
IMPORTANT: The VAV (variable air volume) units use
variable frequency drives, which generate, use and can
radiate radio frequency energy. If units are not installed and
used in accordance with these instructions, they may cause
radio interference. They have been tested and found to
comply with limits of a Class A computing device as
defined by FCC (Federal Communications Commission)
regulations, Subpart J of Part 15, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference
when operated in a commercial environment.
FIELD CONTROL WIRING — Install either a Carrierapproved thermostat or a CCN (Carrier Comfort Network)
compatible temperature sensor. Thermostats are used on CV
(constant volume) units only. Control box diagrams are shown
in Fig. 29-31.
LEGEND
GND — Ground
NEC — National Electrical Code
TB
— Terminal Block
Fig. 28 — Field Power Wiring Connections
43
SENSOR CONNECTION
LOCATION
LEGEND
— Compressor/
Contactor
CB
— Circuit Breaker
CCB — Control Circuit
Breaker
CR
— Control Relay
DIP
— Dual In-Line Package
EQUIP — Equipment
FU
— Fuse
GND — Ground
HR
— Heater Relay
IFC
— Indoor-Fan Circuit
IFCB — Indoor-Fan
Circuit Breaker
IFR
— Indoor-Fan Relay
NEC
— National Electrical
Code
OFC
— Outdoor-Fan
Contactor
PEC
— Power Exhaust
Controller
PES
— Power Exhaust
Sequencer
PESC — Power Exhaust
Sequencer Controller
TB
— Terminal Block
TRAN — Transformer
DIP SWITCHES
(FAR SIDE)
C
SEE DETAIL A
R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X
TB3
DETAIL A
(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION
LOCATION)
Fig. 29 — Control Box Diagram (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 Units)
44
TI
T2
T3
SEE DETAIL B
DETAIL B
(SENSOR CONNECTION
LOCATION)
R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X
TB3
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION
LOCATION)
C
CB
CCB
CCN
— Compressor/Contactor
— Circuit Breaker
— Control Circuit Breaker
— Carrier Comfort Network
CR
— Control Relay
DIP
— Dual In-Line Package
EQUIP — Equipment
IFC
LEGEND
— Fuse
— Ground
— Heater Relay
— Indoor-Fan Circuit
IFCB
IFR
NEC
— Indoor-Fan Circuit Breaker
— Indoor-Fan Relay
— National Electrical Code
FU
GND
HR
OFC
PEC
PES
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor
— Power Exhaust Controller
— Power Exhaust Sequencer
PESC — Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller
SIO
— Serial Input/Output
TB
— Terminal Block
TRAN — Transformer
If more than sensor is being used and averaged, sensors
must be wired in multiples of 4 or 9. See Fig. 34.
Heat Interlock Relay — VAV units require a field-supplied
heat interlock relay (HIR) to drive the air terminal wide open
when in heat mode. Heat Interlock relay part number is
HN61KK040. See Fig. 35 for HIR wiring.
Remote Field Control — A switch closure across terminals R
and W1 on TB-3 will initiate the Occupied mode. This can be
done manually as well as through a field-supplied timeclock.
Service Tool, Building Supervisor, and ComfortWORKS®
Software — Access to the control board can be achieved
through the terminal marked CCN via a 3-wire bus.
Thermostat Wiring (CV Only) — Install a Carrier-approved
accessory thermostat assembly (per current price pages)
according to the installation instructions included with the accessory or these instructions. Locate the thermostat on a solid
interior wall in the conditioned space to sense the average
temperature.
Route the thermostat cable or equivalent single leads of
colored wire from the subbase terminals to the low-voltage
connection as shown on unit label wiring diagram and in
Fig. 32.
NOTE: For wire runs up to 50 ft, use no. 18 AWG (American
Wire Gage) insulated wire (35 C minimum). For 50 to 75 ft,
use no. 16 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). For over
75 ft, use no. 14 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). All
wire larger than no. 18 AWG cannot be directly connected at
the thermostat and will require a junction box and splice at the
thermostat.
Set heat anticipators to 0.1 for all voltages. Settings may be
changed slightly to provide a greater degree of comfort for a
particular installation.
Sensor Wiring (CV or VAV) — The temperature sensor is
wired into the unit control board. See Fig. 33.
The unit is controlled with a T-55 or T-56 (CV only) zone
sensor. Terminal TH (T-56) or T1 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T1 of the base control board. Terminal COM (T-56)
or T2 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T2 on the base control board. If a T-56 set point override sensor is used, the override connection SW on the sensor is connected to T3 on the
base control board.
IMPORTANT: The default bus address is 0. The default
element number is 1. Refer to CCN literature for information on network addressing or changing CCN communication defaults.
Carrier Comfort Network Interface — The rooftop units can
be connected to the CCN. The communication bus wiring is
supplied and installed in the field. Wiring consists of shielded,
3-conductor cable with drain wire.
The system elements are connected to the communication
bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element communication connector must be wired to the
positive pins of the system element on either side of it, the negative pins must be wired to the negative pins, and the signal
pins must be wired to signal ground pins. Wiring connections
for CCN should be made at the 3-pin plug (CCN located at the
base board). Consult CCN literature for further information.
45
46
— Compressor/Contactor
— Circuit Breaker
— Control Circuit Breaker
— Carrier Comfort Network
CR
— Control Relay
DIP
— Dual In-Line Package
EQUIP — Equipment
CCN
C
CB
CCB
IFCB
IFR
NEC
IFC
FU
GND
HR
— Indoor-Fan Circuit Breaker
— Indoor-Fan Relay
— National Electrical Code
LEGEND
— Fuse
— Ground
— Heater Relay
— Indoor-Fan Circuit
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor
— Power Exhaust Controller
— Power Exhaust Sequencer
PESC — Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller
SIO
— Serial Input/Output
TB
— Terminal Block
TRAN — Transformer
OFC
PEC
PES
Table 9 — CCN Connection Approved
Shielded Cables
MANUFACTURER
Alpha
American
Belden
Columbia
CABLE PART NO.
2413 or 5463
A22503
8772
02525
IMPORTANT: When connecting the CCN communication bus to a system element, use a color coding system for
the entire network to simplify installation and checkout.
See Table 10.
Table 10 — Color Code Recommendations
SIGNAL
TYPE
Positive (+)
Ground
Negative (-)
Fig. 32 — Field Control Thermostat Wiring
CCN BUS CONDUCTOR
INSULATION COLOR
RED
WHITE
BLACK
CCN PLUG
PIN NO.
1
2
3
NOTE: If a cable with a different color scheme is selected, a
similar color code should be adopted for the entire network.
At each system element, the shields of the communication
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only).
To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (-) conductors. (If a different network
color scheme is used, substitute appropriate colors.)
3. Remove the 3-pin male plug from the base control board
in the main control box, and connect the wires as follows:
a. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 1 of
the 3-pin plug.
b. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal 2 of the 3-pin plug.
c. Insert and secure the black (-) wire to terminal 3 of
the 3-pin plug.
4. Insert the plug into the existing 3-pin mating connector
on the base module in the main control box.
NOTE: Sensor part numbers are as follows:
T-55 — CEC0121448-01
T-56 — CEC0121448-01
Fig. 33 — Field Control Temperature Sensor
Wiring (CV or VAV Units)
Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG minimum
stranded, tinned copper. Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An
aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield and an outer jacket of
PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of -20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F) is required. Table 9 lists cables that meet the requirements.
47
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 4 SENSOR APPLICATION
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 9 SENSOR APPLICATION
Fig. 34 — Space Temperature Averaging Wiring
Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet Adjustments
TB2
ECONOMIZER
NOTE: If accessory power exhaust or barometric relief packages are being added to the unit, install power exhaust or barometric relief before installing economizer hoods.
Economizer Hood Assembly — The economizer hood is
shipped in a package secured to the outside of the unit, behind
the indoor access panel. The hood assemblies must be fieldassembled. The 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units are side supply
and side return. The return duct limits access to economizer filters from below. Filter tracks (mounting angle without tabs)
must be installed correctly to allow access to economizer filters
from each side.
The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024048 units have two hoods on every unit. Each hood has two
lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots.
Construct the assembly so that the slotted side is adjacent to the
other hood when mounted on the unit.
The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
units have 3 hoods on every unit. Each hood has two lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots. Construct
the two outer hood assemblies so that the slotted sides are adjacent to the center hood when mounted on the unit.
NOTE: Before assembly of the economizer hood, check along
the outer edges of the economizer assembly for any seal strip
protruding past the flanges. Trim the excess seal strip so that it
is flush with the economizer assembly flanges.
2
HIR
BASE BOARD
T30
Fig. 35 — Field HIR (Heat Interlock Relay) Wiring
48
NOTE: The filter track assembly end with screws should face
away from the other hood when mounted on the unit. Be sure
the filters are installed with the airflow in the correct direction.
NOTE: Tabs from both filter tracks will be in the same space.
After one filter track has been inserted into hood side, bend the
tabs so they will not interfere with installation of the second/
center hood.
17. Attach black seal strip (provided) to filter cover. Seal strip
should be applied centered over the holes of the one
flange, making sure to fully cover holes and centered over
the other large flange. See Fig. 45.
18. Slide two 20 x 25-in. filters into cross members of hood
assembly. Attach filter cover over filters with screws and
speed clips provided.
Perform the following procedure to assemble the economizer hood.
1. Apply black seal strip (provided in package) to outside
top-edge of hood sides. Wrap seal strip over edge to cover
top flange (6 hood sides). Make sure seal strip covers
screw holes. Allow strip to overhang 1/8-in. past the end
opposite the mounting flange. See Fig. 36.
2. Assemble hood sides, top, and cross member with
gasketed screws provided. See Fig. 37.
3. Attach 15 green speed clips (provided) to hood top.
4. Apply black seal strip (provided) to mounting flanges of
hood sides being sure to cover mounting holes. See
Fig. 38.
NOTE: Each hood assembly has one hood side with slots and
one hood side without slots. On the 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units, the two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the slots located adjacent
to each other when mounted on the unit. On the
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units, the
two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the
slots located adjacent to the center hood. The center hood
assembly should have hood side with slots located on the left
side.
5. Apply black seal strip (provided) to back of hood top
mounting flange. Seal strip of hood top mounting flange
must press tightly against seal strip of hood side mounting flanges. See Fig. 39.
6. Add gray foam strip (provided in package) to cross members on bottom tray. See Fig. 40.
7. Place gray foam strip (provided) on inside of slotted hood
side between filter and cross member opposite the mounting end. See Fig. 41.
8. Attach gray foam strip (provided) to block-off baffle on
outer face of flange. See Fig. 42.
9. Remove the screws on each end and along top of damper
assembly of unit. Remove top 4 screws on each side of
filter panel under damper assembly. Set hood assembly in
place and attach to unit using these screws.
10. Attach the outside-air thermostat (OAT) that is supplied
from the factory or accessory field-supplied enthalpy sensor onto the hood side furthest from the control box. The
OAT or enthalpy sensor is installed on the inside upper
right-hand corner using the mounting bracket and mounting holes provided. Attach wiring to unit controls. If accessory enthalpy sensor is used, quick connects must be
attached to enthalpy sensor wires.
11. Remove screws along bottom of damper assembly. Locate and mount blockoff baffle using these screws.
12. Assemble 2 filter tracks side-by-side with the assembled
ends together.
13. Attach mounting angle (without tabs) to the assembled
end of the filter track. See Fig. 43.
14. Attach 9 green speed clips (provided) to hood side panels
without slots. Engagement section of clip faces up and towards the outside of the hood side panels.
15. Attach remaining mounting angle (with tabs) to other end
of the filter track with no. 10 screws provided. See
Fig. 44.
16. Place filter track assembly in bottom of hood by placing
tabbed end into slotted side (with tab on bottom) and
attaching opposite end to hood with speed clips and
gasketed screws provided. Tabs can be hand bent after
they have been inserted into the side.
TOP
FLANGE
BLACK
SEAL
STRIP
HOOD SIDE
Fig. 36 — Adding Seal Strip to Top of Hood Sides
NOTE: Left side economizer hood has mounting angle without tabs
and filter rack assembled end on the opposite side.
Fig. 37 — Economizer Hood Assembly
(Right Side/Center Economizer Hood Shown)
49
HOOD SIDE
(SLOTTED)
MOUNTING
FLANGE
HOOD
TOP
HOOD SIDE
Fig. 41 — Adding Foam Strip to Hood Side
Fig. 38 — Adding Seal Strip to Sides of Hood Top
Mounting Flange
BLOCKOFF BAFFLE
HOOD TOP
HOOD SIDE
GRAY FOAM STRIP
Fig. 39 — Adding Seal Strip to Back of Hood Top
Mounting Flange
Fig. 42 — Adding Seal Strip to
Blockoff Baffle
Minimum Damper Position (MDP) Setting — Setting of the
outdoor air damper position is performed in conjunction with a
shortened version of the field run test. This is performed by
first opening DIP (Dual In-line Package) switch no. 4 then
no. 6. See Fig. 27 and Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configuration section on page 63.
The outdoor-air damper closes. The control allows 90 seconds for the damper to close in case it is in the full open
position. Next, the indoor-fan contactor will energize. The
outdoor-air damper will remain at 0% for 30 seconds. It will
then move to the 10% damper motor travel position for another
30 seconds. This will be repeated at every 10% increment for
30 seconds until the damper reaches 100% open. Close DIP
switch no. 4 during the 30 seconds immediately after the desired outdoor air minimum damper position. The 30-second
time period is to allow time where DIP switch no. 4 can be
closed. The default value of the minimum outdoor air damper
position is 20%. If the desired minimum position is 30%, allows the damper position to go to 10% for 30 seconds, then
20% for 30 seconds, and when it reaches 30% close DIP switch
no. 4 during the 30-second period following the 30% position.
The minimum outdoor air damper position is now set. Close
DIP switch no. 6.
GRAY FOAM STRIP
CROSS MEMBER
Fig. 40 — Adding Foam Strip to Cross Member
50
ECONOMIZER SETTINGS
Accessory Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46) — The control
(HH57AC077) is mounted in the economizer hood. See
Fig. 37. The enthalpy setting adjustment is on the enthalpy control. For maximum benefit of outdoor air, set enthalpy control
to A. See Fig. 47 and 48.
The enthalpy controls operation of the economizer outdoorair damper to provide free cooling on a signal form the cooling
thermostat.
Enthalpy Control Installation — The outdoor air enthalpy
control is installed on the inside panel of the outdoor air hood.
The enthalpy control should be mounted when the outdoor air
hoods are assembled. To install the control, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.
2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of
the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37. See Fig. 49
for economizer details.
3. Mount the outdoor air enthalpy sensor inside the right
economizer hood on the right side panel of the hood, adjacent to the outdoor-air thermistor.
4. Locate the red, violet, and brown wires near the outdoor
air thermistor. Remove the splice from the red and violet
wires. Remove the cap from the brown wire.
5. Install a 1/4-in. push on terminal (field-supplied) on the violet and brown wires.
6. Connect a 1/4-in. push on terminal (field-provided) to one
end of a 18-gage, 6-in. jumper wire (field-provided).
Connect the other end to the red wire and attach a 1/4-in.
push on connector (field-provided).
7. Connect the red wire with the jumper to terminal TR1.
Connect the jumper to terminal 2. Connect the brown wire
to terminal TR. Connect the violet wire to terminal 3. All
connections are on the enthalpy control.
8. Replace the economizer filters.
9. Return power to unit.
Accessory Differential Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46) — The
control (HH57AC077), in conjunction with the accessory enthalpy sensor (HH57AC078), controls economizer operation
according to the differential enthalpy. The control is mounted
in the economizer hood. The sensor is mounted in the return
duct (48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK) or return air plenum (48AW,AY
and 48EW,EY).
Differential Enthalpy Sensor Installation — To install the
control, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.
2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of
the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37 and 49.
3. Remove the factory-installed, 620-ohm jumper between
terminals SR and + on the enthalpy control located inside
the outdoor air hood.
4. Connect the violet wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to
the + terminal on the enthalpy control. Connect the blue
wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to the SR terminal on
the enthalpy control.
5. Turn the enthalpy control set point potentiometer clockwise past the ‘‘D’’ setting on the enthalpy control to configure the control to operate on differential enthalpy. See
Fig. 47.
6. Remove the return-air enthalpy sensor from the accessory
package. Using the screws provided, mount the sensor inside the return duct near the unit. Do not locate the control
too far from the unit, or the wires will not reach from the
sensor to the control. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units,
the enthalpy sensor can be installed in the return air section of the unit, under the return air dampers.
MOUNTING ANGL
(WITHOUT TABS)
FILTER TRACK
ASSEMBLY
Fig. 43 — Mounting Angle (Without Tabs)
Attached to Filter Track Assembly
MOUNTING ANGLE
(WITH TABS)
Fig. 44 — Mounting Angle (With Tabs) Attached to
Filter Track Assembly
BLACK SEAL STRIP
(CENTERED)
FILTER COVER
Fig. 45 — Attaching Seal Strip to Filter Cover
51
4. Cap off both wires. When the connection is broken the
base control board is fooled into thinking that the
enthalpy is not acceptable and economizer operation is
disabled.
5. Return power to unit.
NOTE: When the economizer is disabled, the damper
will function as a 2-position damper.
7. Route the wires from the enthalpy sensor to the return air
enthalpy control through the holes on the inside of the
hinged filter access panel. The holes are blocked by plug
buttons which should be removed.
8. Use field-supplied wire ties to attach the violet wire to the
+ terminal and the blue wire to the SR terminal.
9. Replace economizer filters.
10. Return power to unit.
Disable Economizer — For applications where the economizer will not be used (areas of high humidity), the economizer
should be disabled. To disable the economizer, perform the
following:
1. Turn of power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.
2. Locate the OAT (Outdoor Air Thermostat) in the right
hand outdoor air damper area.
3. Locate the splice connecting the violet wire coming from
T24 on the base control board to the red wire coming
from T29 on the base control board. Remove the wire nut
and break the red to violet wire splice.
Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric
Relief Damper Hood — All electrical connections have
been made and adjusted at the factory. The power exhaust
blowers and barometric relief dampers are shipped assembled
and tilted back into the unit for shipping. Brackets and extra
screws are shipped in shrink wrap around the dampers. If
ordered, each unit will have 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units) power exhaust blowers
and motors or 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,
EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,
EW,EY054-068 units) barometric relief dampers.
1. Remove 9 screws holding each damper assembly in
place. See Fig. 50. Each damper assembly is secured with
3 screws on each side and 3 screws along the bottom.
Save screws.
HH57AC077
ENTHALPY
CONTROL
Be careful when tilting blower assembly. Hoods and blowers are heavy and can cause injury if dropped.
HH57AC078
ENTHALPY SENSOR
(USED WITH ENTHALPY
CONTROL FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY OPERATION)
2. Pivot each damper assembly outward until edges of
damper assembly rest against inside wall of unit.
3. Secure each damper assembly to unit with 6 screws
across top (3 screws provided) and bottom (3 screws
from Step 1) of damper.
4. With screws saved from Step 1, install brackets on each
side of damper assembly.
5. Remove tape from damper blades.
VAV DUCT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV duct
pressure transducer (VAV inverter pressure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the lower inner panel. See
Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied 1/4-in. plastic tubing must
be run from the high pressure tap on the differential pressure
switch and connected to a field-supplied tap in the supply-air
duct. The tap is usually located 2/3 of the way out on the main
supply duct. Remove plug button in panel to route tubing.
VAV BUILDING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV
building pressure transducer (modulating power exhaust pressure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the
lower inner panel. See Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied
1/4-in. plastic tubing must be run from the high pressure tap on
the differential pressure switch to the conditioned space. The
pressure tube must be terminated in the conditioned space
where a constant pressure is required. This location is usually
in an entrance lobby so that the building exterior doors will
open and close properly. Remove plug button in panel to route
tubing.
The low pressure tap is factory-routed to the atmosphere.
For a positive-pressure building, route the high tap to building
air and low tap to atmosphere. For a negative-pressure building, route the high tap to atmosphere and the low tap to building air.
C7400
A1004
+
Fig. 46 — Differential Enthalpy Control and Sensor
NOTE: Switches shown in high enthalpy state. Terminals 2 and 3
close on enthalpy decrease.
Fig. 47 — Wiring Connections for Solid-State
Enthalpy Control (HH57AC077)
52
CONTROL CONTROL POINT
(APPROX. DEG.)
CURVE
AT 50% RH F (C)
A
73 (23)
B
70 (21)
C
67 (19)
D
63 (17)
LEGEND
RH — Relative Humidity
Fig. 48 — Psychrometric Chart for Enthalpy Control
NOTE: Partitions shown indicate both side supply (AW,AY,EW,EY) and vertical supply (AJ,AK,EJ,EK) units.
Fig. 49 — Economizer Details
53
NOTES:
1. Unless otherwise specified, all dimensions are to outside of part.
2. Dimensions are in inches.
3. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units, accessory barometric relief or power exhaust must be mounted in the field-supplied return ductwork.
Fig. 50 — Barometric Relief Damper and Power Exhaust Mounting Details
Step 12 — Install All Accessories — After all the
factory-installed options have been adjusted, install all field-installed accessories. Refer to the accessory installation instructions included with each accessory.
MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL INSTALLATION
Install Field-Fabricated Wind Baffles — Wind baffles must
be field-fabricated for all units to ensure proper cooling cycle
operation at low-ambient temperatures. See Fig. 52 for baffle
details. Use 20-gage, galvanized sheet metal, or similar corrosion-resistant metal for baffles. Use field-supplied screws to attach baffles to unit. Screws should be 1/4-in. diameter and 5/8-in.
long. Holes for wind baffles are pre-punched in the unit sheet
metal.
To avoid damage to the refrigerant coils and electrical components, use recommended screw sizes only.
LEGEND
VAV — Variable Air Volume
The wind baffles attach to flanges formed on the outer sheet
metal of the unit corner post. The other end of the baffle is attached to the center panel between the condenser coil and the
indoor section. Two baffles are required.
Fig. 51 — Pressure Transducer Locations
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)
54
Install Motormaster® III Controls — Only one Motormaster
III control is required per unit.
Motor — One outdoor-fan motor (OFM) must be changed out
in the field to accommodate the Motormaster III accessory.
The replacement motor part no. is HD52AK652.
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024034 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is the no. 2 OFM
and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end. The no. 1 OFM is controlled to shut off at 55 F and
on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and does NOT need to be
changed out.
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038054 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 1 OFM and
is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end and the second motor back. The no. 3 and 4 OFM are
controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be changed out. The no. 2 OFM is
intended to run at all ambient temperatures.
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068
units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 3 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor
end and the second motor back.
The no. 4, 5, and 6 OFMs are controlled to shut off at 55 F
and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be
changed out. The no. 1 and 2 OFMs are intended to run at all
ambient temperatures.
Sensor — Install the sensor for thermistor input control in the
location shown in Fig. 53A-53E. Connect sensor leads to the
violet and gray control signal leads on the Motormaster III
control.
Signal Selection Switch — Remove the cover of the Motormaster III control. Set the switch to accept the thermistor
sensor input signal. Set the frequency to match the unit power
supply (60 Hz).
Motormaster III Control — The recommended mounting location is in the indoor fan section, mounted on the panel that separates the indoor and outdoor sections. On VAV units, this
location is next to the VFD (variable frequency drive).
Do not route the Motormaster III control wiring next to the
VFD on VAV units. Use a separate connector through the partition when wiring to the OFM.
Electrical Connections
1
BOTH SIDES
18
B
0.312 DIA
HOLES
61
17.167
BETWEEN
HOLES
(TYPICAL)
CROSS-BREAK
A
0.5
4.62
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-054
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068
A
B
80.5
79.5
120.5
119.5
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches. Material: 20 gage galvanized
steel or other non-corrosive material.
Fig. 52 — Motormaster III Control Baffle Details
To avoid possibility of electrical shock and personal
injury, turn off all power to unit before making electrical
connections.
When replacing the OFM, reconnect the black, yellow, and
blue wires form the outdoor fan contactor to the black, yellow,
and blue wires of the Motormaster III control. Run new wires
from the red, orange, and brown wires to the leads of the new
OFM. Connect the green wire from the control to ground.
NOTE: On all 575-v units, 2 transformers (part no.
HT01AH851) must be used for each Motormaster III control
to lower the supply voltage to the control to 460-v. Transformers can be mounted anywhere outside the control box.
Fig. 53A — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)
55
Fig. 53B — Motormaster® III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY035 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038, 044)
Fig. 53D — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-064)
Fig. 53C — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY040, 050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)
Fig. 53E — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY068)
56
48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 units. These openings are normally used for power exhaust or barometric
relief.
3. Run the return air ductwork up to the openings. One single duct is recommended to connect to the unit over the
return air openings. See Fig. 54. The return duct must incorporate a minimum 3/4-in. flange for connection to the
unit cabinet. The unit does not have duct flanges for this
conversion.
Side Supply and Return Units (48AW,AY,EW,EY) With
Field-Installed Power Exhaust in Return Duct — Space must
be available in the return duct to mount the power exhaust fan
(gravity relief) modules. Dimensions and suggested locations
are shown in Fig. 55. These instructions are a guideline and not
a comprehensive procedure. The design contractor must provide some design initiative.
The wiring harness that is provided with the power exhaust
accessory is not long enough for the fan modules to be mounted in the return air duct. Field-supplied wiring must be spliced
into the harness. Use a junction box at each splice. The wiring
may be run in the return duct as shown in Fig. 55, or externally
in conduit. A service access panel will be needed near each
power exhaust fan.
ELECTRIC UNLOADERS (Constant Volume Units
Only) — The rooftop units with version 4.0 control software
and later are capable of controlling electronic unloaders when
in the constant volume (CV) operating mode. The unloaders
may be installed in the field and wired to the control box as
shown in Fig. 56.
Step 13 — Field Modifications
DUCTWORK
Bottom Return Units (48AJ,AK,EJ,EK) Field-Modified for
Side Return — 48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK units with bottom return air connections may be field-modified to accommodate
side return air connections.
IMPORTANT: The following section is a guideline and not
a comprehensive procedure to field modify the units. The
installing contractor must provide some design initiative.
Field-conversion is complex and is not recommended.
Units with electric heat must not be converted because of
potential heating mode operating problems.
Conversion to horizontal return requires that the bottom return openings of the unit must be sealed with airtight panels capable of supporting the weight of a person. The return ductwork connection locations on the side of the unit are higher
than normal (31-in. high). Unit-mounted power exhaust or
barometric relief cannot be used because of return air ductwork
will cover the power exhaust or barometric relief installation
locations. Power exhaust or barometric relief may be installed
in the return air ductwork.
To convert the unit, perform the following:
1. Seal the bottom return openings of the unit with airtight
panels capable of supporting the weight of a person.
2. Remove the panels located below the economizer outdoor air dampers. These openings will be used for the return air ductwork. There are 2 panels on 48AJ,AK020050 and 48EJ,EK024-048 units. There are 3 panels on
97.78” (020-050)(024-048), 150.47” (060)(054-068)
INSIDE DIMENSION
RA
31.25”
INSIDE
Fig. 54 — Side Return Air Conversion
57
ECONOMIZER
HOOD
42.56”
LOCATION
BAROMETRIC RELIEF
OR POWER EXHAUST
“SIDE #2”
ECONOMIZER
HOOD
23.28”
TYP
“END #2”
42” MIN.
12.94
(UNIT
OPENING)
R/A
S/A
“SIDE #1”
“END #1”
J BOX
23.28”
42.62”
PLENUM RATED
CABLE
(FIELD SUPPLIED)
42.62
TYP
ALTERNATE
LOCATION
(END)
J BOX
R/A
S/A
NOTE: 024-048, 020-050 SIZES SHOWN (2 POWER EXHAUST FANS)
060, 054-068 SIZES HAVE 3 POWER EXHAUST FANS. ALL
UNIT SIZES HAVE THE SAME SIZE POWER EXHAUST.
Fig. 55 — Power Exhaust Relocated to Side Return Duct
START-UP
BASE MODULE
DISCRETE
OUTPUTS
COMP #2 UNLOADER
COM
COMP #1 UNLOADER
CYCLIC COND FAN
COM
CONT COND FAN
POWER EXHAUST
COM
POWER EXHAUST
ELEC HEAT 2
COM
ELEC HEAT 1
ECONOMIZER
4-20 mA OUPUT
Use the following information and Start-Up Checklist on
pages CL-1 and CL-2 to check out unit PRIOR to start-up.
T39
T38
UL2
T37
T36
T35
T34
T31
T32
T33
UL1
Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in
accordance with these installation instructions and applicable
codes.
Compressor Mounting — Loosen the compressor
hold-down bolts until sidewise movement of the washer under
each holddown bolt head can be obtained. Do not loosen completely as bolts are self-locking and will maintain adjustment.
T30
T29
T28
Service Valves — Ensure that the suction, discharge, and
liquid line service valves are open. Damage to the compressor
could result if they are left closed.
T26
Internal Wiring — Check all electrical connections in
unit control boxes; tighten as required.
Fig. 56 — Wiring Field-Supplied Unloaders for
Constant Volume Units
Refrigerant Service Ports — Each refrigerant system
has one suction port located in the top of the compressor motor
casing. All units also have one service port on the liquid line
valve and one on the compressor discharge valve. Be sure that
caps on the ports are tight.
58
Crankcase Heaters — Crankcase heaters are energized
as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are operating.
TOSHIBA TOSVERT130-E3 VFD — The VFD must be
powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan,
operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set
the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:
1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will
shut off power to the VFD.
2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD
cover without touching any interior components. Make
sure that the charge indicator lamp is out, indicating that
the VFD is discharged. The lamp is located on the upper
right hand corner of the terminal block. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to
start-up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may result.
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) — The variable
frequency drives are factory set. These settings include factoryinstalled jumpers and software configurations. The only field
configured set point is duct static pressure. A Toshiba Operation Manual is shipped with each VAV unit. This manual
should be used if the drive needs to be customized for a particular application.
NOTE: The VFD will always provide the proper phase
sequence to the indoor-fan motor. The indoor-fan motor operates in proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the
unit. If, upon start-up, the outdoor fans operate backwards but
the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two
leads to the main terminal block. All fans will then operate in
the correct direction.
A factory-supplied 2-wire duct pressure transducer is supplied and wired complete with cable ground to reduce electrical
noise. A 1/4-in. air pressure tube must be routed to a location in
the supply air ductwork where it can sense supply air duct pressure. The recommended location is about 2/3 of the way out on
the supply ductwork, so that a steady pressure will be provided
for the transducer.
To set the duct static pressure, perform the following steps.
The factory setting is zero. The duct transducer has a range
from 0 to 5 in. wg. The transducer output is 4 to 20 mA, therefore, 0 to 5 in. wg is proportional to the 4 to 20 mA and must be
expressed to the VFD in terms of percentage of the frequency
range. Refer to Table 11. The set point value is a percentage of
the maximum output frequency. Locate the duct static pressure
closest to that desired and use the corresponding set point value. If necessary, interpolation between duct static pressures is
permissible.
A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan circuit breaker open. The charge LED, located in the top
right-hand corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD
control board, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT
TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.
3. Remove jumper between ST and CC on the terminal
block and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the
running of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 57.
4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor
(IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not
operate.
5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to
change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should
be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current
output frequency is displayed then verify that the ST and
CC jumpers have been removed.
6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”
key once, this will display the current frequency set point.
7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”
key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set
point desired. This number may be adjusted based on
the amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to
Table 11 to identify the VFD Set Point.
Table 11 — Toshiba TOSVERT VFD Set Point
(Frequency Command) for Supply Duct Pressure
PRESSURE
in. wg
kPa
0.0
0.000
0.25
0.062
0.50
0.124
0.75
0.187
1.00
0.249
1.25
0.311
1.50
0.373
1.75
0.435
2.00
0.498
2.25
0.560
2.50
0.622
2.75
0.684
3.00
0.747
3.25
0.809
3.50
0.871
CONTROL SIGNAL
(mA)
VFD SET POINT
(Hz)
4.0
4.8
5.6
6.4
7.2
8.0
8.8
9.6
10.4
11.2
12.0
12.8
13.6
14.4
15.2
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
39
42
DP
P24 RES RR
ST
FM
F
AM CC
R
S1
CC
S2
RX
S4 RCH P24 LOW LOW
S3
PP IV
FP FLC FLB FLA
+
DP
NOTES:
1. Drive enable (ST to CC made).
2. No emergency off command (S4 to CC made).
3. Direction command (F or R to CC made).
4. Frequency reference (4-20mA signal at IV terminal).
Fig. 57 — Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD
Factory-Installed Jumpers
59
8. Press “READ/WRITE” key, to enter the new value. The
desired set point value will alternately flash to indicate
that the new value has been stored.
IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the
VFD may be different than the default values of the manufacturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking
default values. The following default values have been
changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match
the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to
Tables 12 and 13.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure
between terminals S1 and CC.
10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control system, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure
transducer, follow these steps:
a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper
will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Derivative) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to
follow an external speed reference signal from the
control system.
b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference (4-20
mA) signal across terminals IV and P24.
Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.
Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD
cover without touching any interior components. Make
sure that the charge indicator lamp is out. If still lit, wait
until lamp goes completely out. This may take several
minutes.
Replace jumper across terminals ST and CC.
Replace VFD cover.
Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan
will operate.
Table 12 — Carrier Default Program Parameter Values
PARAMETER GROUP
SetP
(Setup)
Gr.F
(Fundamental)
Gr.Fb
(Feedback)
Gr.SF
(Frequency Settings)
Gr.Pn
(Panel Control)
Gr.St
(Terminal Selection)
Gr.Pr
(Protection)
Gr.Ut
(Utility)
PARAMETER
ACC1
DEC1
UL
LL
Luln
P3
F-P3
P4
F-P4
tHr1
StC1
StL1
OLN
tYP
FH
Pt
FbP1
Fbln
GP
Gl
GA
GFS
P1LL
PuL
PuUl
PuLL
DEFAULT VALUE
60.0 Sec
60.0 Sec
60.0 Hz
10.0 Hz*
1
20%
0.0 Hz
100%
60 Hz
See Table 13
0
110%
1
5*
60 Hz
2
1*
2
.30
2 sec
0
80
10
1
10
10
Fsor
60 Hz
Fr
0*
1t
1t0
1t1
1t2
1t3
1t4
UuC
UuCt
ArSt
Cnod
Fnod
bLPn
1
0
56
13
3
10
1*
2
3
1*
2*
1*
*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.
60
Table 13 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT 130-E3 VFD
MOTOR
Hp
kW
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
3.73
5.60
7.46
11.19
14.92
18.65
22.38
29.84
IFM
Letter*
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
STANDARD EFFICIENCY
230 V
380V
460V
Setting
Setting
Setting
66
100
72
100
100
80
96
94
97
78
94
100
87
94
100
86
84
94
99
—
92
89
—
85
575V
Setting
89
76
91
100
95
100
100
85
HIGH EFFICIENCY
IFM
230V
460V
Letter*
Setting
Setting
L
72
72
M
100
80
N
96
100
P
78
100
Q
82
100
R
86
91
S
86
80
T
89
85
*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number
amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to the
Table 8 to identify the VFD Set Point.
8. Press “ENT” key, to enter the new value. The desired set
point value will alternately flash to indicate that the new
value has been stored.
TOSHIBA TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD — The VFD must be
powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan,
operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set
the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:
1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will
shut off power to the VFD.
2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge
lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without
touching any interior components. It may take several
minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.
IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the
VFD may be different than the default values of the manufacturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking
default values. The following default values have been
changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match
the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to
Tables 14 and 15.
A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan circuit breaker open. The charge lamp LED, located on the
upper left corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD
front cover, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT
TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.
9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure
between terminals S1 and CC.
10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control system, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure
transducer, follow these steps:
a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper
will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Derivative) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to
follow an external speed reference signal from the
control system.
b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference
(4-20 mA) signal across terminals II and P24. See
Fig. 58.
11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.
12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge
lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without
touching any interior components. It may take several
minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.
13. Replace jumper across terminals R and CC.
14. Replace VFD cover.
15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan
will operate.
3. Remove jumper between R and CC on the terminal block
and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the running
of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 58.
4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor
(IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not
operate.
5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to
change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should
be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current
output frequency is displayed then verify that the R and
CC jumpers have been removed.
6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”
key once, this will display the current frequency set point.
7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”
key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set
point desired. This number may be adjusted based on the
61
CC
VIA
VIB
PP
II
FM
R
F
RST
S2
S1
S3
CC
P24
OUT
E-STOP
TWO-WIRE
TRANSDUCER
4-20mA
LEGEND
Typical Factory Wiring
Optional Field Wiring
-
+
FIRE SPEED
OVER-RIDE
Fig. 58 — Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD Factory-Installed Jumpers
Table 14 — Carrier VFD (Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9) Program Parameter Values
PARAMETER GROUP
Basic Parameters
CNOd
FNOd
Fr
ACC
dEC1
FH
UL
LL
Pt
tHr
Sr1
Extended Parameters
F115
F116
Frequency Parameters
F201
F202
F203
F204
Operation Mode Parameters
F300
F301
F302
F303
F360
F362
F363
COMMUNICATION NO.
DESCRIPTION
CARRIER DEFAULT SETTINGS
0003
0004
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0015
0041
0018
Command Mode Selection
Frequency Setting Mode Selection
Forward/Reverse Run Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Maximum Frequency
Upper Limit Frequency
Lower Limit Frequency
V/f Control Mode Selection
Motor Electronic Thermal Protection Level 1
Preset-Speed Operation Frequency 1
0*
1*
1*
10.0 sec
10.0 sec
60.0 Hz*
60.0 Hz*
10.0 Hz*
1*
See Table 15*
60.0 Hz*
0115
0116
Input Terminal Selection 5 (S2)
Input Terminal Selection 6 (S3)
14*
11*
0201
0202
0203
0204
VIA/II Input Point 1 Setting
VIA/II Input Point 1 Frequency
VIA/II Input Point 2 Setting
VIA/II Input Point 2 Frequency
20%*
0.0 Hz
100%
60.0 Hz*
0300
0301
0302
0303
0360
0362
0363
PWM Carrier Frequency
Auto-Restart Control Selection
Regenerative Power Ride-through Control
Retry Selection (Number of Times)
PI Control
Proportional Gain
Integral Gain
4 KHz*
3*
1*
2*
1*
0.30
0.20
*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.
Table 15 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD
MOTOR
STD EFFICIENCY
HIGH EFFICIENCY
HP kW
IFM Letter* 230V Setting 380V Setting 460V Setting IFM Letter* 230V Setting 460V Setting
5
3.73
A
83
77
83
L
90
83
7.5
5.60
B
80
88
84
M
80
84
10
7.46
C
85
75
86
N
85
88
15 11.19
D
81
98
79
P
81
79
20 14.92
E
94
—
87
Q
88
87
*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number.
62
the mode of operation (direct or reverse). The 2 jumpers must
be arranged horizontally for direct action (factory set).
At the top of the module are two potentiometers. The left
potentiometer adjusts the offset. The right potentiometer adjusts the differential. The potentiometers are factory set for a
nominal 0 in. wg building pressure.
The offset set point is defined as the point at which a module turns off a fan, and is measured in terms of percent of the
input signal. For control purposes, 0 offset is at an arbitrary
‘‘floor’’ which is established at 10% of the input signal, or
1 vdc. In this example, the first stage will turn off at 30%
(3 vdc), and the offset potentiometer will be set at 20%. The
second stage will turn off at 50% signal (5 vdc), and the offset
potentiometer will be set at 40%. The fourth stage is at the
maximum 75% offset, which equates to 85% signal or 8.5 vdc.
The offset potentiometer is calibrated in 10% increments.
See below for building pressure to signal level.
Power Exhaust — The optional non-modulating power
exhaust (CV only) is a two-stage design where the operation of
the exhaust fans is linked to economizer position. When the
supply fan is running and the economizer is 25% open, the base
control board closes contacts, activating 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,
AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,
AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans.
When the economizer position reaches 75% open, the base
module activates the other 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans. The fans will turn off
when the economizer closes below the same points. The economizer position set points that trigger the exhaust fans can be
modified, but only through use of the Service Tool, ComfortWORKS®, or Building Supervisor software. If single-stage
operation is desired, adjust the economizer set points to identical values at the desired point to activate all exhaust fans.
The optional modulating power exhaust (VAV standard, CV
optional) is controlled by a modular electronic sequencer system. This system consists of a model R353 signal input module
and 4 model S353 staging modules (for 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068, 6 model S353 staging modules). The signal input module receives a 0 to 10 vdc signal
from the building pressure transducer, which is mounted adjacent to the supply static transducer behind the filter access panel. The modules are mounted just below the unit control board.
The left module is the R353, and the 4 or 6 modules on the
right are S353 modules for stages 1 through 4 or 6. On the unit
wiring label, the R353 is designated PESC, and the S353
modules are designated PES1 through PES4 (PES6 for
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068).
The building pressure transducer range is -0.5 to + 0.5 in.
wg. It is powered by a 0 to 10 vdc signal. A factory-installed
hose at the ‘‘Lo’’ connection leads to atmosphere, and a fieldsupplied hose must be connected to the ‘‘Hi’’ connection and
led into the building to a point where building pressure is to be
controlled. There is a plug button in the bulkhead just above the
transducers, for use in leading the hoses into the building via
the return air ductwork.
There are 3 adjustments at the R353 module, all of which
have been factory set. In the center of the circuit board is a set
of 4 pins with a jumper, labeled J2. This determines the mode
of operation. The bottom two pins must be jumpered for direct
operation. Direct operation means that the staging modules are
activated in sequence as the input signal increases.
At the upper right corner of the board is a set of 5 pins and
jumper, which determines the time constant for the control.
The time constant is the delay in response built into the controls. The jumper should be on the middle or bottom two pins,
for the maximum time constant. The delay can be decreased, if
desired, by moving the jumper progressively upward, always
jumpering adjacent pins.
At the lower left corner of the board below the terminal strip
is a resistor marked R27. This must be removed in order to obtain the 0 to 10 vdc signal output. There will not be a resistor on
a factory-supplied module, but a resistor may be present on a
replacement module and must be removed.
The R353 module has a terminal block with 7 connections
available for wiring. The 2 right-hand terminals are for the
24 vac and common connections. The next 2 terminals are for
the 0 to 10 vdc signal. Consult the wiring label for wire identification if replacing the module. The 3 left-hand terminals are
not used for this application.
The S353 module has an LED (light-emitting diode), a set
of 4 jumper pins, and 2 potentiometers. The LED will light
whenever the module is activated, providing a visual indication
of the number of exhaust fans running. The jumper pins are arranged in a square format. Two jumpers are used to determine
BUILDING PRESSURE
(in. wg)
-0.50
-0.25
0.00
0.25
0.50
SIGNAL LEVEL
(vdc)
2
4
6
8
10
If the building pressure is controlled at 0 in. wg, offset of the
first stage should be set at 50%, which equates to 60% of the
input signal, or 6 vdc. The other stages can then be set as desired between 50% and 75%.
The default offset set points for modulating power exhaust
are shown in Tables 16A and 16B.
The differential set point is the difference between the turn
off point and the turn on point for each module. It also is calibrated in terms of percent of input signal, and has a range of
1% to 7%. The differential potentiometer is calibrated in 1%
increments, and is factory set at approximately 3%. It is recommended to leave the set point at 3%, to minimize cycling of the
fans.
The offset and differential potentiometers have been factory
set for atmospheric pressure. Do not change these settings until
there is some experience with the building. In most cases the
factory settings will be satisfactory. However, if the building
pressure is not being maintained as desired, then some minor
adjusting on a trial and error basis can be made.
Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configuration — The Direct Digital Control (DDC) board must be
configured for each application. The DDC board is configured
through the DIP (Dual In-Line Package) switches located on
the board. There are 8 DIP switches which configure 8 different applications of the DDC. See Table 17. DIP switch 1 is on
the left of the block. DIP switch 8 is on the right of the block.
To open a DIP switch, push the switch up with suitable tool
(small-blade screwdriver). To close a DIP switch, push the
switch down. Factory settings are shown in Table 18.
The DIP switch configurations are as follows:
• DIP switch 1 configures the unit to operate as a VAV or
CV unit
• DIP switch 2 configures the unit to use a space sensor
(VAV units) or a thermostat (CV units)
• DIP switch 3 configures the DDC for use with an electronic expansion board
• DIP switch 4 is used to field test the unit
• DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (VAV
units) or specify the type of power exhaust (CV units)
63
• DIP switch 6 configures the Time Guard® override and,
when used with the field test function, sets the minimum
damper position
• DIP switch 7 configures the unit for gas heat or electric
heat
• DIP switch 8 configures the unit for heat pump or air
conditioner operation.
quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power exhaust is negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 91.
Condenser Fans and Motors — Condenser fans and
motors are factory set. Refer to Condenser-Fan Adjustment
section on page 92 as required. Be sure that fans rotate in the
proper direction. Fan no. 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034), fans no. 3 and 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,
AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-054), and fans no. 4, 5,
and 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068)
are cycled on the outdoor-air temperature.
The VFD will always provide the proper phase sequence to
the indoor-fan motor to operate in the proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the unit. If on start-up, the outdoor
fans operate backwards but the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two leads to the unit main terminal
block and all fans will operate in the correct direction.
Crankcase Heater — Units are equipped with crankcase heaters. Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is
power supplied to unit. Crankcase heaters deenergize while
compressors are running.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to compressors, crankcase heater should be energized 24-hours prior to start-up.
Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are
factory-installed. See Tables 19-33 for fan performance and
motor limitations data. Remove tape from fan pulley, and be
sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Table 34 for air
Table 16A — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048)
STAGE
OFFSET
DIFFERENTIAL
OFF VOLTAGE
ON VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
50%
55%
60%
64%
3%
3%
3%
3%
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.4
6.3
6.8
7.3
7.7
OFF STATIC PRESSURE
(in.wg)
0.00
0.06
0.12
0.18
Table 16B — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)
STAGE
OFFSET
DIFFERENTIAL
OFF VOLTAGE
ON VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
50%
55%
60%
65%
70%
75%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
6.3
6.8
7.3
7.8
8.3
8.8
OFF STATIC PRESSURE
(in.wg)
0.00
0.06
0.12
0.19
0.25
0.31
Table 17 — DIP Switch Configuration
SETTING
1
2
3
4
VAV — Space Sensor
Installed
OPEN
VAV
Expansion
Board
Field Test
ON
Base Control
Board Only
Field Test
OFF
CV — CCN or Sensors
Used
VAV — No Space Sensor
CLOSED
CV
CV — Thermostat
LEGEND
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network
CV — Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume
5
VAV —
Occupied
Heat
Enabled
CV —
Modulated
Power
Exhaust
VAV —
Occupied
Heat
Disabled
CV —
Constant
Volume
Power
Exhaust
6
7
8
Gas Heat
Heat Pump
Operation
Electric Heat
Air Conditioner
Operation
Time Guard® Override
ON
IN CONJUNCTION
WITH FIELD TEST
— Set Minimum
Damper Position
Time Guard Override
OFF
2. The configuration of DIP switches 2 and 5 are dependent on
DIP switch 1. If DIP switch 1 is set to OPEN (VAV operation),
then DIP switches 2 and 5 will configure VAV functions.
3. When the unit is field-tested (DIP switch 4 to OPEN), the function of DIP switch 6 changes and it is used to set the minimum
damper position.
4. Recycle power to unit after modifying DIP switches. This will
allow the unit to access the new configurations and update its
tables.
NOTES:
1. The OPEN side of the DIP switch is marked ‘‘OPEN.’’ When the
rocker switch is on the ‘‘OPEN’’ side of the switch, the switch is
OPEN.
64
Table 18 — DIP Switch Factory Settings
UNIT
48AJ,AW and 48EJ,EW
48AK,AY and 48EK,EY
1
Closed
Open
2
Closed
Closed
3
Closed
Closed
4
Closed
Closed
5
Closed
Closed
6
Closed
Closed
7
Open*
Open
8
Closed
Closed
*On 48EJ,EW,AJ,AW units equipped with staged gas option, DIP switch 7 should be closed.
Table 19 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK020-030 — Vertical Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm
394
388
433
484
537
590
645
700
755
811
868
924
Bhp
1.06
1.26
1.80
2.49
3.34
4.35
5.53
6.90
8.46
10.23
12.20
14.40
0.4
Rpm
416
453
495
540
589
638
690
742
795
849
904
959
1.8
Rpm
759
782
807
835
865
899
936
976
1018
1061
1107
1153
Bhp
3.97
4.56
5.26
6.09
7.09
8.26
9.61
11.16
12.91
14.87
17.05
19.44
Bhp
1.17
1.61
2.18
2.91
3.79
4.83
6.05
7.46
9.05
10.85
12.86
15.08
2.0
Rpm
795
818
843
869
898
931
967
1005
1045
1088
1132
1178
Bhp
4.40
5.02
5.74
6.59
7.60
8.78
10.15
11.71
13.47
15.45
17.64
20.05
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
481
1.53
538
1.91
590
2.30
637
2.71
512
1.99
566
2.39
616
2.80
662
3.23
549
2.58
600
3.00
646
3.43
690
3.87
591
3.33
637
3.76
681
4.21
722
4.66
635
4.23
678
4.69
719
5.15
758
5.62
682
5.31
723
5.78
761
6.26
798
6.75
731
6.56
769
7.05
805
7.55
840
8.06
781
7.99
817
8.51
851
9.04
884
9.56
832
9.61
866 10.17
899 10.71
930 11.26
884
11.44
917 12.02
948 12.59
978 13.16
937
13.48
968 14.08
998 14.68 1026 15.27
990
15.73 1020 16.37 1049 16.99 1076 17.61
Rpm
680
704
731
761
795
833
873
916
960
1006
1054
1103
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
829
4.84
862
5.29
893
5.73
923
6.18
853
5.49
885
5.96
917
6.43
947
6.91
876
6.23
909
6.72
940
7.22
970
7.72
902
7.09
934
7.60
965
8.12
994
8.64
930
8.12
961
8.64
991
9.17 1020
9.71
962
9.31
992
9.84 1021 10.39 1049 10.94
996 10.69 1025 11.24 1053 11.79 1080 12.35
1033 12.26 1060 12.82 1087 13.39 1114 13.96
1072 14.04 1099 14.61 1125 15.19 1150 15.77
1114 16.03 1139 16.62 1164 17.21 1188 17.80
1157 18.23 1181 18.84
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
952
976
999
1023
1049
1076
1107
1139
1175
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1007
7.55 1033
8.02 1058
8.48 1083
8.95
1032
8.37 1058
8.86 1084
9.36 1109
9.86
1055
9.25 1081
9.77 1107 10.29 1132 10.82
1078 10.23 1105 10.77 1131 11.32 1156 11.86
1103 11.35 1129 11.90 1155 12.47 1180 13.03
1130 12.62 1155 13.19 1180 13.76
—
—
1158 14.07 1183 14.65
—
—
—
—
1189 15.71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
65
1.4
Bhp
3.12
3.66
4.32
5.13
6.10
7.24
8.57
10.09
11.81
13.73
15.86
18.22
1.6
Rpm
721
745
770
799
831
867
905
946
989
1034
1081
1128
3.0
Bhp
6.64
7.39
8.23
9.17
10.25
11.49
12.92
14.54
16.36
—
—
—
Bhp
3.55
4.11
4.79
5.61
6.59
7.75
9.09
10.62
12.36
14.30
16.45
18.83
3.2
Rpm
980
1004
1028
1051
1076
1103
1133
1165
1199
—
—
—
Bhp
7.09
7.88
8.74
9.70
10.80
12.05
13.49
15.12
16.96
—
—
—
Table 20 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK035 — Vertical Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
0.2
Rpm
433
480
528
577
627
677
728
779
831
883
935
987
Bhp
2.01
2.73
3.59
4.62
5.83
7.22
8.80
10.59
12.60
14.82
17.28
19.98
0.4
Rpm
488
529
573
618
664
711
760
809
858
909
959
1010
1.8
Rpm
797
816
839
866
897
930
965
1003
1042
1082
1124
—
Bhp
5.22
6.10
7.14
8.35
9.73
11.29
13.05
15.00
17.17
19.54
22.15
—
Bhp
2.38
3.12
4.01
5.07
6.29
7.70
9.30
11.11
13.13
15.37
17.85
20.56
2.0
Rpm
834
852
873
898
927
958
992
1028
1066
1106
1146
—
Bhp
5.67
6.56
7.61
8.84
10.24
11.82
13.60
15.57
17.76
20.16
22.78
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
539
2.76
587
3.14
633
3.54
677
3.94
576
3.53
620
3.94
662
4.35
703
4.77
615
4.44
656
4.88
695
5.32
733
5.76
657
5.52
695
5.98
731
6.44
766
6.91
700
6.77
735
7.25
769
7.74
802
8.23
745
8.20
778
8.71
810
9.22
841
9.73
791
9.82
822 10.35
852 10.89
881 11.42
838 11.65
867 12.20
895 12.75
923 13.31
886 13.68
913 14.25
940 14.83
966 15.41
934 15.94
960 16.53
985 17.12 1010 17.72
983 18.43 1007 19.04 1031 19.65 1055 20.27
1033 21.16 1056 21.78 1078 22.41 1101 23.05
Rpm
719
742
769
800
834
871
910
950
992
1034
1078
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
869
6.12
902
6.57
934
7.04
965
7.50
886
7.03
919
7.50
951
7.99
982
8.47
906
8.10
938
8.59
969
9.08
999
9.59
929
9.33
960
9.84
990 10.35 1019 10.87
956 10.75
985 11.27 1014 11.79 1041 12.33
986 12.35 1014 12.89 1041 13.43 1067 13.97
1019 14.15 1045 14.70 1071 15.26 1096 15.82
1054 16.14 1078 16.72 1103 17.29 1127 17.87
1090 18.35 1114 18.94 1138 19.54 1161 20.13
1129 20.77 1151 21.38 1174 22.00 1196 22.61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
995
1011
1028
1047
1069
1093
1121
1151
1184
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1052
8.93 1079
9.42 1105
9.90 1131 10.39
1068
9.97 1096 10.47 1122 10.98 1148 11.50
1085 11.13 1112 11.66 1138 12.19 1164 12.72
1102 12.46 1129 13.00 1155 13.54 1181 14.09
1122 13.96 1148 14.51 1173 15.07 1198 15.64
1145 15.65 1170 16.21 1194 16.79
—
—
1170 17.53 1194 18.12
—
—
—
—
1198 19.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
66
1.4
Bhp
4.36
5.21
6.21
7.38
8.73
10.25
11.96
13.87
15.99
18.33
20.89
—
1.6
Rpm
759
780
805
834
866
901
938
977
1017
1059
1101
—
3.0
Bhp
7.98
8.97
10.10
11.39
12.86
14.53
16.39
18.45
20.74
—
—
—
Bhp
4.79
5.65
6.67
7.86
9.22
10.77
12.51
14.44
16.58
18.94
21.52
—
3.2
Rpm
1024
1040
1057
1075
1096
1119
1146
1175
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.45
9.46
10.61
11.92
13.41
15.08
16.96
19.04
—
—
—
—
Table 21 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK040,050 — Vertical Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
512
561
611
662
714
766
819
872
925
979
1032
1086
1140
Bhp
2.98
3.90
5.00
6.27
7.74
9.41
11.29
13.40
15.74
18.32
21.15
24.24
27.60
0.4
Rpm
560
604
651
699
748
798
848
899
951
1003
1055
1108
1161
1.8
Rpm
839
864
893
925
960
998
1037
1078
1121
1164
1209
1255
—
Bhp
6.40
7.49
8.76
10.21
11.86
13.71
15.77
18.05
20.55
23.29
26.28
29.52
—
Bhp
3.38
4.33
5.45
6.75
8.24
9.93
11.84
13.96
16.32
18.92
21.77
24.88
28.25
2.0
Rpm
874
897
925
955
988
1024
1062
1102
1143
1186
1230
1275
—
Bhp
6.86
7.97
9.26
10.73
12.39
14.26
16.34
18.64
21.17
23.93
26.93
30.19
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
604
3.79
647
4.20
688
4.62
728
5.05
645
4.77
685
5.20
723
5.65
760
6.10
689
5.91
725
6.37
761
6.84
795
7.31
734
7.23
768
7.72
801
8.21
833
8.71
780
8.75
812
9.26
843
9.77
873 10.29
828 10.46
858 11.00
887 11.54
916 12.08
877 12.39
905 12.95
932 13.51
959 14.07
926 14.54
953 15.11
979 15.70 1004 16.28
976 16.91 1001 17.51 1026 18.12 1050 18.72
1027 19.53 1051 20.15 1074 20.77 1097 21.40
1078 22.40 1100 23.04 1123 23.68 1145 24.33
1129 25.52 1151 26.18 1172 26.84 1193 27.51
1181 28.92 1202 29.59 1222 30.27 1242 30.95
Rpm
766
796
829
865
903
944
986
1029
1074
1120
1166
1214
1262
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
907
7.34
940
7.81
971
8.30 1001
8.79
930
8.46
961
8.95
991
9.46 1021
9.97
955
9.76
985 10.27 1014 10.79 1043 11.31
984 11.25 1012 11.77 1040 12.30 1068 12.84
1016 12.93 1043 13.47 1069 14.02 1095 14.57
1050 14.82 1076 15.38 1101 15.94 1126 16.51
1087 16.92 1111 17.49 1136 18.07 1159 18.66
1126 19.23 1149 19.83 1172 20.43 1195 21.03
1166 21.78 1188 22.40 1210 23.01 1232 23.64
1208 24.56 1229 25.20 1250 25.84 1271 26.48
1250 27.59 1271 28.25 1291 28.91
—
—
1294 30.87
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1030
1050
1071
1095
1121
1151
1183
1217
1253
1291
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1086 10.29 1113 10.80 1139 11.31 1164 11.83
1105 11.52 1131 12.05 1157 12.58 1183 13.12
1125 12.91 1151 13.46 1177 14.01 1202 14.56
1147 14.49 1172 15.05 1197 15.61 1222 16.18
1172 16.26 1196 16.83 1220 17.41 1244 18.00
1199 18.24 1223 18.83 1246 19.42 1269 20.02
1229 20.44 1252 21.04 1274 21.64 1296 22.25
1261 22.86 1283 23.48
—
—
—
—
1296 25.52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
67
1.4
Bhp
5.49
6.55
7.79
9.20
10.81
12.62
14.63
16.87
19.33
22.03
24.98
28.18
31.64
1.6
Rpm
803
831
861
895
932
971
1012
1054
1097
1142
1188
1234
1281
3.0
Bhp
9.29
10.48
11.84
13.38
15.13
17.08
19.25
21.64
24.26
27.12
—
—
—
Bhp
5.94
7.02
8.27
9.71
11.33
13.16
15.20
17.46
19.94
22.66
25.63
28.85
32.33
3.2
Rpm
1059
1078
1098
1121
1147
1175
1206
1239
1275
—
—
—
—
Bhp
9.79
11.00
12.37
13.93
15.69
17.66
19.84
22.25
24.89
—
—
—
—
Table 22 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK060 — Vertical Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm
476
536
566
597
628
659
691
723
755
787
819
851
883
916
948
Bhp
4.33
6.19
7.28
8.48
9.80
11.25
12.82
14.53
16.37
18.35
20.48
22.75
25.17
27.76
30.49
0.4
Rpm
534
588
617
645
674
704
734
764
794
825
856
887
918
950
981
1.8
Rpm
819
859
881
902
925
948
971
995
1019
1044
1069
1095
1121
1147
1174
Bhp
10.93
13.11
14.36
15.72
17.21
18.84
20.60
22.50
24.55
26.76
29.11
31.63
34.31
37.16
40.18
Bhp
5.04
6.96
8.09
9.34
10.71
12.21
13.84
15.60
17.49
19.53
21.71
24.04
26.52
29.15
31.95
2.0
Rpm
851
890
911
932
954
977
1000
1023
1047
1071
1096
1121
1147
1172
1199
Bhp
11.85
14.08
15.35
16.73
18.24
19.88
21.65
23.57
25.63
27.84
30.21
32.74
35.44
38.30
41.34
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
585
5.78
632
6.56
674
7.39
714
8.24
636
7.74
680
8.56
720
9.41
758 10.30
662
8.90
704
9.73
744 10.59
781 11.50
689 10.17
730 11.02
768 11.90
804 12.82
717 11.58
756 12.45
793 13.34
829 14.27
745 13.11
783 14.00
819 14.91
853 15.85
773 14.77
810 15.69
845 16.62
879 17.58
802 16.57
838 17.52
872 18.47
905 19.44
831 18.51
866 19.49
899 20.47
931 21.46
861 20.59
894 21.60
927 22.61
958 23.62
890 22.81
923 23.87
954 24.90
985 25.93
920 25.19
952 26.28
983 27.34 1012 28.40
951 27.72
982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02
981 30.40 1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81
1012 33.24 1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76
Rpm
751
793
816
839
862
886
911
936
961
987
1014
1041
1068
1095
1123
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
881 12.78
911 13.72
939 14.67
967 15.62
920 15.06
948 16.06
976 17.07 1003 18.08
940 16.36
968 17.38
996 18.41 1022 19.45
961 17.76
989 18.80 1016 19.86 1042 20.92
983 19.28 1010 20.34 1036 21.42 1062 22.51
1005 20.94 1032 22.01 1058 23.11 1083 24.21
1027 22.72 1054 23.81 1080 24.92 1105 26.04
1050 24.65 1076 25.76 1102 26.88 1126 28.01
1073 26.73 1099 27.84 1124 28.97 1149 30.13
1097 28.95 1123 30.08 1147 31.22 1172 32.39
1122 31.33 1147 32.47 1171 33.63 1195 34.80
1146 33.87 1171 35.02 1195 36.19
—
—
1171 36.58 1196 37.74
—
—
—
—
1197 39.46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
993
1029
1048
1067
1087
1108
1129
1151
1173
1195
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1045 18.51 1069 19.48 1093 20.45 1117 21.43
1079 21.17 1103 22.21 1126 23.26 1149 24.31
1097 22.63 1121 23.70 1144 24.78 1167 25.86
1116 24.17 1140 25.28 1162 26.38 1185 27.49
1135 25.83 1159 26.95 1181 28.09
—
—
1156 27.60 1178 28.74
—
—
—
—
1176 29.48 1199 30.65
—
—
—
—
1197 31.50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
68
1.4
Bhp
9.12
11.21
12.42
13.76
15.23
16.82
18.56
20.44
22.47
24.64
26.97
29.46
32.11
34.92
37.90
1.6
Rpm
786
827
849
871
894
918
942
966
991
1016
1042
1068
1095
1122
1149
3.0
Bhp
16.58
19.11
20.50
22.00
23.60
25.33
27.18
29.17
31.29
33.56
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.02
12.15
13.38
14.73
16.21
17.82
19.57
21.45
23.50
25.69
28.03
30.54
33.21
36.04
39.04
3.2
Rpm
1019
1054
1073
1092
1112
1132
1153
1174
1196
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
17.54
20.13
21.56
23.08
24.71
26.46
28.33
30.33
32.47
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 23 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY020-030 — Horizontal Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm
394
398
451
506
562
620
679
738
798
859
920
981
Bhp
1.06
1.32
1.90
2.65
3.56
4.65
5.93
7.40
9.09
11.01
13.14
15.52
0.4
Rpm
424
465
511
560
612
666
721
777
835
893
952
1011
1.8
Rpm
763
789
817
848
882
920
960
1003
1049
1096
1145
1195
Bhp
4.01
4.64
5.39
6.28
7.35
8.59
10.03
11.68
13.54
15.63
17.94
20.50
Bhp
1.21
1.68
2.29
3.07
4.01
5.13
6.44
7.94
9.66
11.60
13.76
16.17
2.0
Rpm
799
824
851
881
914
951
990
1032
1076
1122
1170
—
Bhp
4.44
5.10
5.87
6.78
7.86
9.12
10.57
12.23
14.11
16.21
18.54
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
488
1.57
544
1.96
595
2.35
642
2.76
523
2.06
576
2.46
625
2.88
670
3.31
564
2.70
613
3.12
659
3.55
702
4.00
609
3.49
654
3.93
697
4.38
737
4.84
657
4.46
699
4.91
739
5.38
777
5.86
707
5.60
747
6.08
784
6.57
820
7.06
760
6.94
797
7.44
832
7.94
866
8.45
814
8.47
849
9.00
882
9.52
914 10.05
869 10.22
902 10.77
933 11.32
963 11.86
925 12.18
956 12.75
986 13.33 1015 13.90
982 14.37 1011 14.97 1040 15.56 1067 16.16
1040 16.80 1068 17.42 1095 18.04 1121 18.65
Rpm
685
712
742
776
814
855
898
944
993
1042
1094
1146
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
833
4.87
865
5.31
896
5.75
926
6.20
858
5.56
891
6.03
922
6.50
952
6.98
885
6.36
917
6.85
948
7.34
978
7.85
914
7.29
945
7.80
975
8.31 1005
8.84
946
8.38
976
8.90 1005
9.44 1034
9.98
981
9.65 1010 10.19 1038 10.74 1066 11.29
1019 11.12 1047 11.67 1074 12.23 1101 12.79
1059 12.79 1086 13.36 1113 13.93 1138 14.51
1102 14.68 1128 15.26 1153 15.85 1178 16.43
1147 16.80 1172 17.39 1196 17.99
—
—
1194 19.15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
955
981
1006
1033
1062
1093
1127
1163
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1010
7.55 1036
8.00 1061
8.46 1086
8.92
1036
8.42 1062
8.91 1088
9.40 1113
9.89
1061
9.37 1088
9.88 1113 10.40 1138 10.92
1087 10.42 1114 10.96 1139 11.50 1164 12.05
1115 11.62 1141 12.18 1166 12.74 1191 13.30
1145 12.98 1170 13.55 1195 14.13
—
—
1177 14.52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
69
1.4
Bhp
3.17
3.75
4.45
5.31
6.34
7.56
8.97
10.59
12.42
14.47
16.75
19.27
1.6
Rpm
725
751
780
813
848
888
930
974
1021
1070
1120
1171
3.0
Bhp
6.64
7.46
8.35
9.36
10.52
11.85
13.37
15.09
—
—
—
—
Bhp
3.59
4.19
4.92
5.79
6.84
8.07
9.50
11.13
12.98
15.04
17.34
19.88
3.2
Rpm
983
1009
1034
1061
1089
1119
1152
1188
—
—
—
—
Bhp
7.09
7.94
8.86
9.89
11.07
12.41
13.94
15.68
—
—
—
—
Table 24 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY035 — Horizontal Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
0.2
Rpm
455
505
556
608
661
715
769
824
879
934
989
1044
Bhp
2.15
2.92
3.85
4.96
6.26
7.76
9.46
11.39
13.54
15.94
18.58
21.49
0.4
Rpm
508
553
599
648
698
749
800
853
906
959
1013
1067
1.8
Rpm
811
834
861
891
925
961
1000
1041
1084
1128
—
—
Bhp
5.39
6.33
7.44
8.73
10.20
11.88
13.76
15.86
18.19
20.75
—
—
Bhp
2.52
3.32
4.28
5.42
6.74
8.25
9.98
11.92
14.10
16.52
19.18
22.10
2.0
Rpm
847
869
894
922
954
989
1027
1066
1108
1151
—
—
Bhp
5.83
6.79
7.92
9.22
10.72
12.41
14.32
16.44
18.79
21.37
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
558
2.90
605
3.29
650
3.69
693
4.10
598
3.73
641
4.14
682
4.56
722
4.99
641
4.72
680
5.15
719
5.60
756
6.04
686
5.87
723
6.34
758
6.81
793
7.28
733
7.22
767
7.71
800
8.20
832
8.70
781
8.76
813
9.27
844
9.79
874 10.31
831 10.51
861 11.05
890 11.59
918 12.13
881 12.48
909 13.03
937 13.60
964 14.16
933 14.67
959 15.25
985 15.84 1010 16.42
984 17.11 1009 17.70 1034 18.31 1058 18.92
1037 19.79 1060 20.41 1084 21.03 1107 21.66
1090 22.73 1112 23.37
—
—
—
—
Rpm
734
761
792
826
864
904
946
990
1035
1082
1129
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
882
6.29
915
6.75
947
7.21
977
7.68
902
7.26
935
7.74
966
8.22
997
8.71
926
8.40
957
8.90
988
9.40 1017
9.90
953
9.72
983 10.23 1012 10.75 1041 11.27
983 11.24 1012 11.76 1040 12.29 1067 12.83
1017 12.95 1044 13.49 1070 14.04 1096 14.59
1053 14.87 1078 15.43 1104 16.00 1129 16.57
1091 17.01 1116 17.59 1140 18.18 1163 18.76
1131 19.38 1155 19.98 1178 20.58
—
—
1173 21.98 1196 22.60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1007
1026
1046
1069
1094
1122
1153
1187
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1063
9.11 1090
9.60 1115 10.09 1141 10.58
1082 10.21 1109 10.72 1135 11.23 1161 11.75
1102 11.46 1129 11.99 1155 12.52 1180 13.05
1123 12.87 1149 13.42 1175 13.97 1200 14.52
1146 14.47 1172 15.03 1197 15.60
—
—
1172 16.28 1197 16.85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
70
1.4
Bhp
4.52
5.43
6.50
7.75
9.19
10.83
12.67
14.73
17.01
19.53
22.29
—
1.6
Rpm
774
798
827
859
895
933
974
1016
1060
1105
1151
—
3.0
Bhp
8.15
9.21
10.42
11.80
13.37
15.15
17.14
19.35
—
—
—
—
Bhp
4.95
5.87
6.96
8.24
9.70
11.35
13.22
15.30
17.60
20.14
22.92
—
3.2
Rpm
1035
1055
1075
1096
1120
1147
1177
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.63
9.71
10.94
12.33
13.92
15.71
17.72
—
—
—
—
—
Table 25 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY040,050 — Horizontal Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
536
588
642
696
751
807
863
919
975
1032
1089
1146
1203
Bhp
3.18
4.17
5.35
6.72
8.29
10.09
12.12
14.38
16.90
19.67
22.71
26.04
29.65
0.4
Rpm
582
630
680
732
784
837
891
946
1000
1056
1111
1167
1224
1.8
Rpm
857
885
917
953
991
1032
1075
1120
1165
1213
1261
—
—
Bhp
6.63
7.79
9.14
10.70
12.46
14.43
16.64
19.08
21.76
24.71
27.92
—
—
Bhp
3.58
4.60
5.80
7.20
8.80
10.62
12.67
14.96
17.49
20.29
23.35
26.69
30.32
2.0
Rpm
891
918
948
982
1019
1058
1100
1143
1188
1234
1281
—
—
Bhp
7.09
8.28
9.65
11.21
12.99
14.99
17.21
19.68
22.38
25.35
28.58
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
626
3.99
668
4.41
708
4.83
747
5.27
670
5.04
709
5.48
746
5.93
782
6.38
717
6.27
753
6.73
787
7.20
821
7.68
766
7.69
799
8.18
831
8.67
863
9.17
816
9.32
847
9.83
877 10.35
906 10.87
867 11.16
896 11.70
924 12.24
952 12.78
919 13.23
946 13.79
973 14.36
999 14.92
972 15.54
997 16.12 1023 16.71 1047 17.30
1025 18.09 1049 18.70 1073 19.31 1097 19.92
1079 20.91 1102 21.54 1125 22.17 1147 22.80
1134 23.99 1155 24.64 1177 25.29 1198 25.95
1188 27.35 1209 28.02 1230 28.69 1250 29.37
1244 31.00 1263 31.69 1283 32.38
—
—
Rpm
785
818
854
893
935
979
1025
1072
1120
1169
1219
1270
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
923
7.57
955
8.05
986
8.54 1016
9.03
949
8.77
980
9.27 1010
9.77 1039 10.28
978 10.15 1008 10.67 1036 11.19 1064 11.72
1010 11.74 1038 12.27 1066 12.81 1093 13.35
1046 13.53 1072 14.08 1098 14.63 1124 15.19
1084 15.55 1109 16.11 1134 16.68 1158 17.26
1124 17.79 1148 18.38 1171 18.97 1195 19.55
1166 20.27 1189 20.88 1211 21.49 1234 22.09
1210 23.00 1231 23.62 1253 24.25 1274 24.88
1255 25.99 1276 26.63 1296 27.27
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1045
1067
1092
1119
1149
1182
1218
1256
1295
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1100 10.54 1126 11.05 1152 11.56 1177 12.08
1122 11.85 1148 12.38 1174 12.91 1199 13.45
1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43 1221 14.99
1171 15.01 1196 15.57 1220 16.14 1245 16.72
1199 16.90 1223 17.48 1247 18.06 1270 18.65
1230 19.01 1253 19.60 1276 20.20 1299 20.80
1263 21.35 1285 21.96
—
—
—
—
1299 23.94
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
71
1.4
Bhp
5.71
6.84
8.16
9.68
11.40
13.33
15.49
17.89
20.53
23.44
26.60
30.04
—
1.6
Rpm
821
852
886
923
964
1006
1050
1096
1143
1191
1240
1290
—
3.0
Bhp
9.53
10.80
12.25
13.90
15.76
17.84
20.15
22.71
25.51
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.16
7.31
8.65
10.18
11.92
13.88
16.06
18.48
21.15
24.07
27.26
30.72
—
3.2
Rpm
1073
1095
1119
1145
1174
1206
1241
1277
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.03
11.32
12.79
14.45
16.32
18.42
20.75
23.32
—
—
—
—
—
Table 26 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY060 — Horizontal Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm
516
584
619
654
689
725
760
796
832
869
905
942
978
1015
1052
Bhp
4.81
6.90
8.13
9.49
10.99
12.64
14.43
16.37
18.47
20.74
23.17
25.78
28.56
31.52
34.66
0.4
Rpm
569
632
664
697
730
764
798
833
867
902
937
973
1008
1044
1080
1.8
Rpm
841
888
912
938
964
990
1018
1046
1074
1103
1133
1163
1193
—
—
Bhp
11.52
13.94
15.33
16.86
18.54
20.36
22.34
24.48
26.78
29.26
31.90
34.72
37.72
—
—
Bhp
5.54
7.69
8.96
10.36
11.90
13.58
15.41
17.39
19.54
21.84
24.31
26.95
29.77
32.76
35.94
2.0
Rpm
872
917
941
966
992
1018
1045
1072
1100
1129
1157
1187
—
—
—
Bhp
12.46
14.92
16.34
17.88
19.58
21.41
23.40
25.56
27.87
30.36
33.02
35.86
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
617
6.30
660
7.10
701
7.93
739
8.79
676
8.50
716
9.33
754 10.20
790 11.10
706
9.79
745 10.65
782 11.53
817 12.44
737 11.22
775 12.10
811 13.00
845 13.93
769 12.79
806 13.69
840 14.61
873 15.56
801 14.51
837 15.43
870 16.38
902 17.34
834 16.37
868 17.32
900 18.29
932 19.27
867 18.39
900 19.37
931 20.36
962 21.36
901 20.56
932 21.57
963 22.59
992 23.61
934 22.90
965 23.94
995 24.98 1023 26.03
968 25.40
998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62
1003 28.08 1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38
1037 30.93 1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32
1072 33.96 1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44
1107 37.18 1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75
Rpm
774
824
850
877
904
933
961
991
1020
1051
1081
1113
1144
1176
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
901 13.42
930 14.38
958 15.36
985 16.34
946 15.92
974 16.94 1001 17.97 1027 19.01
970 17.36
997 18.40 1024 19.45 1049 20.51
994 18.93 1021 19.98 1047 21.05 1072 22.14
1019 20.63 1045 21.70 1071 22.79 1096 23.89
1045 22.48 1070 23.57 1096 24.67 1120 25.79
1071 24.49 1096 25.59 1121 26.71 1145 27.84
1098 26.66 1123 27.77 1147 28.90 1171 30.05
1125 28.99 1150 30.12 1173 31.26 1197 32.42
1153 31.49 1177 32.63
—
—
—
—
1181 34.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1011
1052
1074
1097
1120
1144
1169
1194
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1061 19.33 1085 20.34 1108 21.35 1131 22.36
1101 22.18 1125 23.25 1148 24.33 1170 25.42
1122 23.76 1146 24.86 1168 25.97 1191 27.08
1144 25.45 1167 26.58 1190 27.71
—
—
1167 27.27 1190 28.42
—
—
—
—
1190 29.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
72
1.4
Bhp
9.68
12.02
13.38
14.88
16.53
18.32
20.27
22.38
24.65
27.09
29.70
32.48
35.44
38.59
—
1.6
Rpm
808
857
882
908
935
962
990
1019
1048
1077
1107
1138
1169
—
—
3.0
Bhp
17.33
20.06
21.58
23.23
25.01
26.93
28.99
31.21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.59
12.97
14.35
15.86
17.52
19.33
21.29
23.42
25.71
28.17
30.79
33.59
36.58
—
—
3.2
Rpm
1036
1077
1099
1121
1144
1167
1192
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
18.33
21.12
22.67
24.34
26.13
28.07
30.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 27 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK024,034 — Vertical Discharge Units
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.3 in. wg)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm
340
384
432
483
536
549
590
645
701
757
786
814
857
871
929
Bhp
0.83
1.25
1.79
2.48
3.33
3.57
4.34
5.54
6.92
8.49
9.36
10.28
11.75
12.27
14.50
0.4
Rpm
416
453
495
540
588
600
637
689
741
795
822
849
890
904
960
1.8
Rpm
759
780
805
834
866
874
901
938
977
1019
1040
1062
1095
1106
1152
Bhp
3.97
4.53
5.23
6.09
7.10
7.38
8.29
9.65
11.19
12.94
13.88
14.88
16.48
17.04
19.41
Bhp
1.17
1.61
2.19
2.91
3.78
4.02
4.82
6.04
7.44
9.04
9.92
10.84
12.34
12.86
15.10
2.0
Rpm
796
816
840
868
899
907
932
968
1006
1047
1067
1089
1121
1132
1177
Bhp
4.42
4.99
5.70
6.57
7.60
7.89
8.80
10.18
11.75
13.51
14.46
15.47
17.08
17.64
20.04
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
480
1.52
537
1.90
588
2.29
635
2.69
513
1.99
566
2.39
615
2.79
660
3.21
550
2.59
600
3.01
647
3.43
690
3.87
591
3.33
638
3.77
682
4.22
723
4.67
635
4.23
679
4.69
720
5.16
759
5.64
646
4.48
690
4.95
730
5.42
769
5.90
681
5.30
722
5.78
762
6.27
799
6.77
729
6.54
768
7.04
805
7.56
840
8.07
779
7.96
816
8.49
850
9.03
884
9.56
830
9.59
865 10.14
898 10.69
929 11.25
856
10.47
890 11.03
922 11.60
953 12.16
883
11.41
915 11.98
946 12.56
976 13.13
922
12.92
953 13.51
983 14.10 1012 14.69
936
13.45
966 14.05
996 14.64 1025 15.23
990
15.71 1019 16.33 1047 16.94 1074 17.55
Rpm
679
703
730
762
797
806
834
874
916
960
983
1006
1041
1053
1101
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
831
4.87
865
5.34
897
5.81
929
6.30
851
5.45
884
5.93
916
6.41
946
6.90
874
6.18
906
6.67
937
7.16
968
7.66
901
7.07
932
7.56
962
8.07
992
8.58
930
8.11
961
8.62
990
9.14 1019
9.67
938
8.40
968
8.92
998
9.44 1026
9.97
963
9.33
992
9.86 1021 10.39 1049 10.93
997 10.72 1026 11.27 1054 11.82 1081 12.37
1035 12.30 1062 12.87 1089 13.43 1115 14.00
1074 14.08 1100 14.66 1126 15.24 1152 15.83
1094 15.05 1120 15.63 1146 16.22 1171 16.82
1115 16.06 1140 16.66 1166 17.25 1190 17.86
1147 17.68 1172 18.29 1196 18.90
—
—
1157 18.25 1182 18.86
—
—
—
—
1200 20.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
959
976
997
1020
1047
1054
1076
1107
1141
1177
1195
—
—
—
—
1.4
Bhp
3.11
3.64
4.31
5.14
6.12
6.39
7.27
8.59
10.10
11.81
12.73
13.71
15.28
15.83
18.17
1.6
Rpm
720
742
769
799
832
841
868
906
947
990
1012
1034
1068
1080
1127
3.0
Bhp
6.79
7.40
8.17
9.10
10.20
10.50
11.48
12.93
14.57
16.42
17.41
—
—
—
—
Bhp
3.53
4.08
4.77
5.61
6.61
6.88
7.77
9.12
10.65
12.37
13.31
14.30
15.88
16.43
18.79
3.2
Rpm
988
1005
1025
1048
1074
1081
1102
1133
1166
1201
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
7.28
7.91
8.69
9.63
10.74
11.04
12.03
13.49
15.15
17.01
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1017
7.79
1045
8.30
1072
8.82
1033
8.42
1061
8.94
1087
9.46
1053
9.21
1080
9.73
1106
10.27
1075
10.16
1102
10.69
1127
11.24
1100
11.28
1126
11.83
1151
12.38
1107
11.59
1133
12.14
1158
12.69
1128
12.58
1153
13.14
1178
13.70
1158
14.06
1183
14.63
—
—
1190
15.74
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
73
Table 28 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK038,044 — Vertical Discharge Units
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
429
475
523
571
620
670
720
771
822
873
924
976
1027
1079
Bhp
1.70
2.36
3.11
4.00
5.04
6.24
7.61
9.15
10.88
12.80
14.91
17.24
19.77
22.53
0.4
Rpm
484
525
567
612
658
705
752
801
850
899
949
999
1050
1100
1.8
Rpm
794
813
835
862
891
924
958
995
1033
1073
1114
1156
—
—
Bhp
5.20
6.06
7.09
8.28
9.64
11.18
12.91
14.83
16.96
19.31
21.88
24.69
—
—
Bhp
2.40
3.09
3.97
5.01
6.22
7.61
9.19
10.97
12.95
15.16
17.59
20.26
23.17
26.33
2.0
Rpm
832
848
869
893
921
952
986
1021
1058
1097
1137
1178
—
—
Bhp
5.62
6.52
7.56
8.77
10.15
11.71
13.45
15.40
17.55
19.92
22.51
25.33
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
536
2.70
584
3.10
630
3.50
674
3.90
571
3.49
616
3.90
658
4.31
699
4.74
610
4.39
651
4.82
690
5.26
728
5.71
651
5.46
689
5.91
725
6.37
761
6.84
694
6.69
729
7.17
763
7.65
796
8.14
738
8.10
771
8.60
803
9.11
834
9.62
784
9.70
814 10.23
844 10.75
874 11.29
830 11.51
859 12.05
887 12.60
915 13.15
877 13.52
904 14.08
931 14.65
957 15.22
925 15.74
951 16.33
976 16.92 1001 17.51
974 18.20
998 18.80 1022 19.41 1045 20.03
1023 20.88 1046 21.51 1068 22.14 1091 22.77
1072 23.82 1094 24.46 1115 25.11 1137 25.76
1122 27.00 1142 27.66 1163 28.33 1183 29.00
Rpm
716
738
765
795
829
865
902
942
983
1025
1069
1113
1158
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
868
6.06
903
6.52
937
6.98
971
7.44
883
6.98
916
7.45
949
7.92
981
8.40
902
8.04
934
8.53
965
9.02
995
9.52
925
9.27
955
9.77
985 10.28 1014 10.79
951 10.67
980 11.19 1008 11.71 1036 12.24
980 12.24 1008 12.78 1035 13.32 1062 13.87
1012 14.01 1039 14.56 1064 15.13 1090 15.69
1046 15.97 1071 16.55 1096 17.13 1120 17.71
1082 18.14 1106 18.73 1130 19.33 1153 19.93
1120 20.52 1143 21.14 1165 21.75 1188 22.37
1159 23.13 1181 23.76
—
—
—
—
1199 25.98
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1003
1012
1025
1043
1064
1088
1115
1144
1176
—
—
—
—
—
1.4
Bhp
4.30
5.17
6.16
7.31
8.64
10.13
11.82
13.71
15.80
18.11
20.64
23.41
26.42
—
1.6
Rpm
756
776
801
829
860
894
931
969
1008
1049
1092
1135
1179
—
3.0
Bhp
7.92
8.89
10.02
11.31
12.78
14.42
16.26
18.29
20.54
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
4.80
5.61
6.62
7.79
9.14
10.65
12.36
14.27
16.38
18.71
21.26
24.05
27.07
—
3.2
Rpm
1035
1042
1054
1071
1090
1114
1140
1168
1199
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.40
9.38
10.53
11.84
13.32
14.98
16.83
18.89
21.14
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1066
8.88
1096
9.38
1125
9.88
1072
9.88
1101
10.39
1130
10.90
1083
11.04
1111
11.56
1139
12.08
1098
12.37
1125
12.90
1152
13.44
1117
13.86
1143
14.41
1169
14.96
1139
15.54
1164
16.11
1189
16.68
1164
17.41
1188
17.99
—
—
1191
19.48
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
74
Table 29 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK048 — Vertical Discharge Units
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
528
577
627
677
728
779
830
882
934
986
1038
1091
Bhp
3.20
4.10
5.10
6.30
7.71
9.28
11.03
12.97
15.12
17.47
20.05
22.84
0.4
Rpm
572
617
664
711
760
809
858
908
959
1010
1061
1112
1.8
Rpm
839
866
897
930
965
1002
1041
1082
1124
1166
—
—
Bhp
7.10
8.40
9.70
11.30
13.04
14.99
17.15
19.52
22.14
24.98
—
—
Bhp
4.00
5.10
6.30
7.70
9.31
11.11
13.13
15.36
17.83
20.53
23.49
26.69
2.0
Rpm
873
898
927
958
992
1028
1066
1105
1146
1188
—
—
Bhp
7.62
8.85
10.24
11.82
13.59
15.56
17.74
20.14
22.77
25.63
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
615
4.40
656
4.90
695
5.30
733
5.80
657
5.50
694
6.00
731
6.40
766
6.90
700
6.80
735
7.30
769
7.70
802
8.20
745
8.20
778
8.70
809
9.20
841
9.70
791
9.83
822 10.35
851 10.88
881 11.42
838 11.65
867 12.20
895 12.75
923 13.31
886 13.69
913 14.26
939 14.83
966 15.41
934 15.95
960 16.54
985 17.13 1010 17.73
983 18.44 1008 19.05 1031 19.66 1055 20.28
1033 21.16 1056 21.79 1078 22.42 1101 23.06
1083 24.13 1105 24.78 1126 25.44 1147 26.09
1133 27.36 1154 28.03 1174 28.70 1195 29.37
Rpm
769
801
835
871
909
950
991
1034
1078
1123
1169
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
905
8.10
937
8.59
968
9.08
999
9.57
929
9.34
959
9.85
989 10.36 1018 10.87
956 10.76
985 11.28 1013 11.81 1041 12.34
986 12.36 1014 12.90 1041 13.44 1067 13.99
1019 14.15 1045 14.71 1071 15.27 1096 15.84
1054 16.14 1079 16.71 1103 17.30 1127 17.88
1090 18.34 1114 18.93 1138 19.53 1161 20.13
1128 20.75 1151 21.37 1174 21.99 1196 22.61
1168 23.40 1190 24.03
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1028
1047
1068
1093
1121
1151
1184
—
—
—
—
—
1.4
Bhp
6.20
7.40
8.70
10.20
11.95
13.87
15.99
18.33
20.89
23.70
26.75
—
1.6
Rpm
805
834
866
901
938
976
1017
1058
1101
1145
1190
—
3.0
Bhp
10.08
11.39
12.87
14.54
16.41
18.47
20.74
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.70
7.90
9.20
10.80
12.50
14.43
16.57
18.93
21.52
24.34
27.41
—
3.2
Rpm
1057
1075
1095
1119
1146
1175
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.58
11.91
13.41
15.10
16.98
19.06
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1086
11.10
1114
11.61
1141
12.14
1102
12.44
1129
12.97
1155
13.51
1122
13.96
1147
14.51
1173
15.06
1144
15.66
1169
16.23
1194
16.80
1170
17.56
1194
18.14
—
—
1198
19.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
75
Table 30 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK054-068 — Vertical Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm
420
473
556
584
612
640
669
698
726
756
785
814
843
873
903
Bhp
2.89
4.27
7.05
8.18
9.42
10.78
12.26
13.86
15.58
17.44
19.43
21.56
23.83
26.25
28.82
0.4
Rpm
486
537
616
643
670
697
724
752
780
808
836
864
892
921
950
1.8
Rpm
755
802
875
900
925
950
975
1000
1025
1051
1076
1102
1128
1154
1180
Bhp
8.24
10.30
14.15
15.65
17.27
19.01
20.87
22.85
24.96
27.21
29.59
32.11
34.77
37.57
40.53
Bhp
3.60
5.10
8.06
9.25
10.56
11.98
13.51
15.17
16.96
18.87
20.92
23.11
25.44
27.91
30.53
2.0
Rpm
783
830
903
927
952
977
1002
1027
1052
1077
1103
1128
1154
1180
—
Bhp
8.92
11.04
14.99
16.53
18.18
19.95
21.85
23.87
26.02
28.31
30.73
33.28
35.99
38.83
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
539
4.27
584
4.93
624
5.59
660
6.25
589
5.87
633
6.62
673
7.36
709
8.10
666
8.99
709
9.89
748 10.76
783 11.62
692
10.24
735 11.19
773 12.11
808 13.01
718
11.60
760 12.60
799 13.56
833 14.51
745
13.08
786 14.12
824 15.13
859 16.12
771
14.67
813 15.77
850 16.83
884 17.86
798
16.38
839 17.53
876 18.64
910 19.72
825
18.22
866 19.42
902 20.58
936 21.71
853
20.19
892 21.45
929 22.65
962 23.82
880
22.30
919 23.60
955 24.86
988 26.08
907
24.54
946 25.90
982 27.20 1015 28.47
935
26.92
973 28.33 1008 29.68 1041 31.00
963
29.45 1001 30.91 1035 32.31 1068 33.67
991
32.12 1028 33.63 1062 35.09 1094 36.49
Rpm
694
742
816
841
866
891
916
942
968
993
1019
1045
1072
1098
1124
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
809
9.60
835 10.29
859 10.98
883 11.68
857 11.78
882 12.52
906 13.27
930 14.03
929 15.83
954 16.67
978 17.51 1002 18.35
954 17.40
979 18.27 1003 19.14 1026 20.01
978 19.09 1003 19.99 1027 20.90 1050 21.80
1003 20.90 1028 21.84 1051 22.77 1075 23.71
1028 22.83 1052 23.80 1076 24.77 1099 25.74
1052 24.89 1077 25.90 1101 26.90 1124 27.90
1077 27.07 1102 28.12 1126 29.16 1148 30.19
1103 29.40 1127 30.48 1151 31.55 1173 32.62
1128 31.85 1152 32.97 1176 34.08 1198 35.19
1153 34.45 1178 35.61 1201 36.75
—
—
1179 37.19
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
905
953
1024
1048
1072
1097
1121
1146
1170
1195
—
—
—
—
—
1.4
Bhp
6.91
8.83
12.47
13.90
15.44
17.10
18.87
20.78
22.81
24.97
27.27
29.70
32.28
35.00
37.86
1.6
Rpm
725
773
846
871
896
921
946
972
997
1023
1049
1074
1100
1127
1153
3.0
Bhp
12.39
14.79
19.19
20.89
22.70
24.64
26.71
28.90
31.23
33.69
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
7.57
9.56
13.31
14.78
16.36
18.06
19.88
21.82
23.89
26.10
28.44
30.91
33.53
36.29
39.21
3.2
Rpm
927
974
1046
1070
1094
1118
1143
1167
1192
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
13.10
15.55
20.04
21.76
23.61
25.58
27.67
29.90
32.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
949
13.81
970
14.54
990
15.26
996
16.31
1016
17.09
1037
17.86
1067
20.88
1088
21.73
1108
22.59
1091
22.64
1112
23.52
1131
24.40
1115
24.51
1136
25.42
1156
26.33
1139
26.51
1160
27.45
1180
28.39
1164
28.64
1184
29.60
—
—
1188
30.90
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the
cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded
operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry
bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
76
Table 31 — Fan Performance, 48EW,EY054-068 — Horizontal Discharge Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm
447
509
606
639
672
705
738
772
806
840
874
908
942
976
1011
Bhp
2.9
4.4
7.3
8.5
9.8
11.2
12.8
14.5
16.3
18.3
20.4
22.7
25.1
27.7
30.4
Rpm
707
761
844
873
901
930
959
989
1018
1048
1078
1108
1138
1169
1200
Bhp
8.50
10.62
14.59
16.14
17.81
19.60
21.53
23.58
25.78
28.11
30.58
33.20
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
820
9.13
844
9.76
868 10.40
891 11.04
872 11.30
897 11.99
921 12.68
943 13.37
953 15.36
977 16.14 1001 16.92 1023 17.69
981 16.95 1005 17.75 1028 18.56 1050 19.37
1008 18.65 1032 19.49 1055 20.33 1077 21.16
1036 20.48 1060 21.35 1083 22.22 1105 23.08
1064 22.43 1088 23.34 1110 24.24 1132 25.14
1092 24.52 1116 25.46 1138 26.39 1160 27.32
1121 26.75 1144 27.72 1167 28.68 1188 29.64
1150 29.12 1173 30.12 1195 31.11
—
—
1179 31.62
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
914
965
1045
1072
1099
1126
1154
1181
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
508
567
659
690
721
753
785
817
850
883
915
948
982
1015
1048
1.8
Rpm
766
820
901
929
957
986
1014
1043
1072
1101
1130
1160
1190
—
—
Bhp
3.6
5.1
8.2
9.4
10.8
12.3
13.9
15.6
17.5
19.5
21.7
24.0
26.5
29.1
31.9
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
558
4.2
601
4.8
640
5.4
675
6.0
615
5.8
657
6.5
695
7.2
729
7.9
704
9.0
744
9.9
780
10.7
813
11.5
734
10.3
773
11.2
809
12.0
842
12.9
765
11.7
803
12.6
838
13.5
871
14.4
795
13.3
833
14.2
868
15.1
900
16.1
826
14.9
864
15.9
898
16.9
929
17.8
858
16.7
894
17.7
928
18.8
959
19.7
889
18.6
925
19.7
958
20.8
989
21.8
921
20.7
956
21.8
989
22.9
1019
24.0
953
22.9
987
24.1
1019
25.2
1049
26.3
985
25.3
1019
26.5
1050
27.6
1080
28.8
1018
27.8
1051
29.0
1082
30.2
1111
31.4
1050
30.4
1083
31.7
1113
33.0
1142
34.2
1083
33.2
1115
34.6
1145
35.9
1173
37.1
0.4
2.0
Bhp
7.9
9.9
13.8
15.3
17.0
18.7
20.6
22.6
24.8
27.1
29.5
32.1
34.9
—
—
Rpm
794
847
928
955
983
1011
1040
1068
1097
1126
1155
1184
—
—
—
1.4
1.6
Bhp
6.6
8.6
12.2
13.7
15.3
17.0
18.8
20.7
22.8
25.0
27.4
29.9
32.6
35.4
38.4
Rpm
738
791
874
902
930
959
987
1016
1046
1075
1105
1135
1165
1195
—
Bhp
11.69
14.07
18.47
20.18
22.00
23.95
26.03
28.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
935
987
1066
1093
1120
1147
1174
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.0
Bhp
7.3
9.3
13.0
14.5
16.1
17.8
19.7
21.7
23.8
26.1
28.5
31.0
33.7
36.6
—
3.2
Bhp
12.34
14.77
19.26
20.98
22.84
24.82
26.93
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb,
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
956
12.99
976
13.66
996
14.32
1008
15.48
1028
16.19
1047
16.90
1087
20.04
1106
20.82
1126
21.61
1113
21.80
1133
22.61
1152
23.42
1140
23.68
1160
24.52
1179
25.36
1167
25.68
1187
26.55
—
—
1195
27.82
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the
cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded
operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry
bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
77
Table 32A — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500
6,700
6,900
7,100
7,300
7,500
7,700
7,900
8,100
8,500
8,900
9,300
9,700
10,100
10,500
10,900
11,300
11,700
ESP
0.32
0.23
0.17
0.13
0.09
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208 v
Bhp
2.82
2.87
2.92
2.93
2.97
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LOW SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
Watts ESP Bhp Watts
3160 0.70 2.98 3340
3220 0.63 3.03 3400
3270 0.59 3.09 3460
3290 0.56 3.11 3490
3330 0.53 3.15 3530
—
0.51 3.19 3580
—
0.48 3.23 3620
—
0.45 3.27 3670
—
0.40 3.33 3730
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ESP
—
0.60
0.55
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.17
0.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MEDIUM SPEED
208 v
230, 460, 575 v
Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts
—
—
—
—
—
3.01 3380 0.82 3.23 3620
3.07 3440 0.78 3.28 3680
3.12 3500 0.73 3.34 3740
3.18 3560 0.68 3.39 3800
3.24 3630 0.64 3.44 3860
3.27 3670 0.59 3.48 3900
3.32 3720 0.54 3.52 3950
3.36 3770 0.49 3.57 4000
3.47 3890 0.40 3.67 4120
3.58 4010 0.30 3.77 4230
—
—
0.22 3.87 4340
—
—
0.16 3.95 4430
—
—
0.12 4.03 4520
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ESP
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.60
0.56
0.51
0.41
0.31
0.20
0.11
0.04
—
—
—
—
208 v
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.69
3.74
3.78
3.83
3.93
4.07
4.17
4.25
—
—
—
—
HIGH SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
Watts ESP Bhp Watts
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4140 0.73 3.98 4460
4190 0.69 4.02 4510
4240 0.65 4.07 4560
4290 0.56 4.12 4620
4410 0.47 4.23 4740
4560 0.37 4.37 4900
4670 0.30 4.47 5010
4770 0.23 4.56 5110
—
0.17 4.66 5220
—
0.12 4.75 5330
—
0.07 4.80 5380
—
0.04 4.83 5420
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
ESP — External Static Pressure (in. wg)
Watts — Input Watts to Motor
Table 32B — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,750
10,050
10,350
10,650
10,950
11,250
11,550
11,850
12,150
12,750
13,350
13,950
14,550
15,150
15,750
16,350
16,950
17,550
ESP
0.32
0.23
0.17
0.13
0.09
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208 v
Bhp
4.23
4.31
4.37
4.40
4.46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LOW SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
Watts ESP Bhp Watts
4740 0.70 4.47 5010
4830 0.63 4.55 5100
4905 0.59 4.63 5190
4935 0.56 4.67 5235
4995 0.53 4.72 5295
—
0.51 4.79 5370
—
0.48 4.84 5430
—
0.45 4.91 5505
—
0.40 4.99 5595
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ESP
—
0.60
0.55
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.17
0.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MEDIUM SPEED
208 v
230, 460, 575 v
Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts
—
——
—
—
—
4.52 5070 0.82 4.84 5430
4.60 5160 0.78 4.92 5520
4.68 5250 0.73 5.00 5610
4.76 5340 0.68 5.08 5700
4.86 5445 0.64 5.16 5790
4.91 5505 0.59 5.22 5850
4.98 5580 0.54 5.28 5925
5.04 5655 0.49 5.35 6000
5.20 5835 0.40 5.51 6180
5.36 6015 0.30 5.66 6345
—
—
0.22 5.81 6510
—
—
0.16 5.93 6645
—
—
0.12 6.05 6780
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
ESP — External Static Pressure (in. wg)
Watts — Input Watts to Motor
78
ESP
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.60
0.56
0.51
0.41
0.31
0.20
0.11
0.04
—
—
—
—
208 v
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.54
5.61
5.67
5.74
5.90
6.10
6.25
6.38
—
—
—
—
HIGH SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
Watts ESP Bhp Watts
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6210 0.73 5.97 6690
6285 0.69 6.03 6765
6360 0.65 6.10 6840
6435 0.56 6.18 6930
6615 0.47 6.34 7110
6840 0.37 6.56 7350
7005 0.30 6.70 7515
7155 0.23 6.84 7665
—
0.17 6.98 7830
—
0.12 7.13 7995
—
0.07 7.20 8070
—
0.04 7.25 8130
Table 33 — Motor Limitations
Nominal Bhp
Maximum Bhp
5
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
STANDARD EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum Amps
230 v
460 v
575 v
14.6
7.9
6.0
22.0
—
—
—
12.0
10.0
28.0
—
—
—
14.6
12.0
43.8
—
—
—
21.9
19.0
62.0
—
—
—
28.7
23.0
72.0
—
—
—
37.4
31.0
95.0
—
—
—
48.0
47.0
110.0
55.0
48.8
Nominal Bhp
Maximum Bhp
5
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum Amps
230 v
460 v
15.8
7.9
22.0
—
—
12.0
28.0
—
—
15.0
43.8
—
21.9
58.2
—
—
28.7
73.0
—
—
36.3
82.6
—
—
41.7
110.0
55.0
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has
ensured that the full horsepower range of the motor can be
utilized with confidence. Using your fan motors up to the
Maximum
Watts
Maximum
Efficiency
5,030
7,717
8,008
8,502
9,836
12,543
14,756
18,363
19,183
23,511
23,918
28,742
28,015
33,690
87.5
84.1
88.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
92.4
93.0
Maximum
Watts
Maximum
Efficiency
4,918
7,078
7,728
8,298
9,600
12,273
14,439
17,853
18,650
23,034
23,432
28,374
27,656
33,156
89.5
91.7
91.7
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5
horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not
result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards
effective October 24, 1997.
Table 34 — Air Quality Limits
MINIMUM HEATING MINIMUM HEATING
MINIMUM COOLING
MINIMUM COOLING MAXIMUM
UNIT
UNIT
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW (VAV)
AIRFLOW
48AJ,AK,AW,A
AIRFLOW
48EJ,EK,EW,EY
(Low Heat)
(High Heat)
AT FULL LOAD OPERATION
(CV
Y
020
024
5,900
6,100
4,000
6,000
10,000
025
028
5,900
6,100
5,000
7,500
12,500
027
030
5,900
6,100
5,400
8,100
13,500
030
034
5,900
6,100
6,000
9,000
15,000
035
038
7,600
10,100
7,000
10,500
17,500
040
044
7,600
10,100
8,000
12,000
20,000
—
048
7,600
10,100
9,000
13,500
22,500
050
—
7,600
10,100
10,000
15,000
22,500
—
054
11,000
14,700
10,000
15,000
25,000
—
058
11,000
14,700
11,000
16,500
27,000
060
064
11,000
14,700
12,000
18,000
27,000
—
068
11,000
14,700
13,000
19,500
27,000
CV
edb
ewb
VAV
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Constant Volume
Entering Dry Bulb
Entering Wet Bulb
Variable Air Volume
NOTE: Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in
Cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded
operation and may be additionally limited to edb and ewb conditions.
79
Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the Occupied
mode. User-defined set points are shown in Table 35.
Table 36 lists the software link points addressable by
DataPort™ and DataLINK™, Carrier devices that allow access to unit control by non-Carrier energy management systems (EMS).
The occupied or unoccupied comfort set points must be selected and the space temperature offset input will be used, if
present. The Occupied Heat set point default value is 68 F. The
Occupied Cool set point default value is 78 F. The Unoccupied
Heat set point default value is 55 F. The Unoccupied Cool set
point value is 90 F. The control board will set appropriate operating mode and fan control. The control board will turn on indoor fan, if in Occupied mode, or determine if unit is in Unoccupied mode and the space temperature is outside of the unoccupied comfort set points, (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied
Cool).
The control board will then monitor space temperature
against comfort set points and control heating or cooling stages
as required. If system is in the Occupied mode, the economizer
will operate as required. If the system is in Unoccupied mode,
the system will perform nighttime free cool and IAQ (indoor
air quality) pre-occupancy purge as required (when functions
are enabled via software). Whenever the DX (direct expansion)
cooling is requested, the outdoor fan will operate.
The control board will operate economizer, run diagnostics
to monitor alarms/alerts at all times, and respond to CCN communications to perform any configured network POC (product
outboard control) functions such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and Global occupancy broadcast. When the
optional expansion I/O board is employed, it will: perform periodic scan and maintain database of expanded I/O points, perform Fire/Smoke control (power exhaust required); and if in
Occupied mode perform IAQ control and monitor fan, filter,
demand limit, and field-applied status (with accessories).
If thermostats are used to energize the G input, the control
will turn on indoor fan without delay and open economizer
dampers to minimum position. If thermostats are used to deenergize the G input, the control board will turn off indoor fan
without any delay and close economizer dampers.
When cooling, G must be energized before cooling can operate. The control board determines if outdoor conditions are
suitable for economizer cooling using the standard outdoor air
thermistor. For economizer to function for free cooling, the enthalpy must be low, the outdoor air must equal to or less than
the High Outdoor Air Temperature Lockout (default is 65 F),
the SAT (supply-air temperature) thermistor is NOT in alarm,
and outdoor air reading is available. When these conditions are
satisfied, the control board will use economizer as the first
stage of cooling.
When Y1 input is energized, the economizer will be modulated to maintain SAT at the defined set point. The default is
55 F. When SAT is above the set point, the economizer will be
100% open. When SAT is below the set point, the economizer
will modulate between minimum and 100% open position.
When Y2 is energized, the control module will turn on compressor no. 1 and continue to modulate economizer as described above. If the Y2 remains energized and the SAT reading remains above the set point for 15 minutes, compressor
no. 2 will turn on. If Y2 is deenergized at any time, only the last
stage of compression that was energized will be turned off. If
outdoor conditions are not suitable for economizer cooling, the
economizer will go to minimum position and cycle compressor
no. 1 and 2 based on demand from Y1 and Y2 respectively.
The compressors will be locked out when the SAT temperature
is too low (less than 40 F for compressor no. 1 and less than
45 F for compressor no. 2.) After a compressor is locked out, it
can restart after normal time guard period.
Return-Air Filters — Check that correct filters are installed in filter tracks (see Tables 1A and 1B). Do not operate
unit without return-air filters.
Filter Replacement — To replace filters, open filter ac-
cess door (marked with label). Remove inner access panel. Remove plastic filter retainer in between filter tracks by sliding
and pulling outward. Remove first filter by sliding it out of the
opening in filter track. Locate filter removal tool, which is
shipped next to the return air dampers. Use the filter removal
tool to remove the rest of the filters.
Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens — Outdoor-air inlet screens
must be in place before operating unit.
Economizer Adjustment — Remove filter access
panel. Check that outdoor-air damper is closed and return-air
damper is open.
Economizer operation and adjustment are described in
Sequence of Operation section on this page; and Step 10 —
Make Outdoor Air Inlet Adjustments section on page 48.
Gas Heat — Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as
follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to unit.
2. Connect pressure gage to supply gas tap, located on fieldsupplied manual shutoff valve (see Fig. 23 on page 29).
3. Connect pressure gage to manifold pressure tap on unit
gas valve.
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check
pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat. On
VAV units, the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less
than or equal to 68 F for heating to be energized.
6. Use the field test procedure to verify heat operation.
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater, and that the manifold pressure is 3.5 in. wg. If manifold pressure must be
adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section on
page 93.
Sequence of Operation
NOTE: Unit is shipped with default values that can be changed
through Service Tool, Building Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® software or using an accessory Remote Enhanced
Display. See Table 35 for default values.
COOLING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS — On
power up, the control module will activate the initialization
software of the control board. The initialization software then
reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV operation. Next, DIP switch no. 2 is read to determine if the control
is thermostat or sensor type operation. If switch 2 is open, then
sensors are employed. If switch no. 2 is closed, thermostat is
employed. Initialization sequence clears all alarms and alerts,
remaps the input/output database for CV operation, sets maximum heat stages to 2, and sets maximum cool stages to 3. The
control module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the
unit will use expansion board operation.
The first time power is sent to the control board after a
power outage, power up takes 5 minutes plus a random 1 to
63 seconds.
The TSTAT function performs a thermostat based control
by monitoring Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G inputs. These functions
control stages cool1, cool2, heat1, heat2, and indoor fan, respectively. If TSTAT function is NOT selected, the control determines the occupancy state on the Time Schedules or with remote occupied/unoccupied input. If Temperature Compensated
80
Table 35 — User Defined Set Points
SET POINT
NAME
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
SASP
OATL
NTLO
RTIO
LIMT
MDP
FORMAT
DESCRIPTION
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.x
xx.xF
xxx%
LOWMDP
xxx%
IAQS
UHDB
UCDB
LTMP
HTMP
PES1
PES2
xxxx
xx.xF
xx.xF
xxx%
xxx%
xxx%
xxx%
Occupied Heat Set Point
Occupied Cool Set Point
Unoccupied Heat Set Point
Unoccupied Cool Set Point
Supply Air Set Point
Hi OAT Lockout Temperature
Unoccupied OAT Lockout Temperature
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
Minimum Damper Position
Low Temperature Minimum
Damper Position Override
IAQ Set Point
Unoccupied Heating Deadband
Unoccupied Cooling Deadband
Low Temp. Min. Position
High Temp. Min. Position
CV Power Exhaust Stage 1 Point
CV Power Exhaust Stage 2 Point
LIMITS
DEFAULT
55 to 80 F
55 to 80 F
35 to 80 F
75 to 110 F
45 to 70 F
55 to 75 F
40 to 70 F
0 to 10
0 to 20° F
0 to 100%
68 F
78 F
55 F
90 F
55 F
65 F
50 F
3
10° F
20%
0 to 100%
100%
1 to 5000 PPM
0 to 10° F
0 to 10° F
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
650 PPM
1° F
1° F
10%
35%
25%
75%
LEGEND
CV — Constant Volume
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality
OAT — Outdoor-Air Temperature
Table 36 — Software Control Link Points
SET POINT
SPT
SAT
RAT
OAT
CLSP
CCAP
HCAP
ECOS
SFSTAT
SF
ECONPOS
IQMP
PEXE
FLTS
FAS
RMTOCC
HS1
ENTH
IAQI
IAQO
SATRES
ALMLIGHT
DL
EVAC
PRES
PURG
FSD
DESCRIPTION
Space Temperature
Supply-Air Temperature
Return-Air Temperature
Outside-Air Temperature
Control Set Point
Cooling % Total Capacity
Heating % Total Capacity
Economizer Active
Supply Fan Status
Fan Relay
Economizer Position
Min. Damper Position
Power Exhaust Enable
Filter Status
Field Applied Status
Remote Occupied Mode
General Data
Heat Stage 1
Enthalpy
Indoor Air Quality
Outdoor Air Quality
SAT Reset
Alarm Warning Light
Demand Limit Switch
Evacuation
Pressurization
Smoke Purge
Fire Shutdown
SET POINT
HS2
STO
CVPE1
CVPE2
HIR
SPTRESET
CMP1
CMP1SAFE
CMP2
CMP2SAFE
ULD1
ULD2
OFC1
OFC2
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
CDEVCODE
CDEVURST
CDEVBCAK
PE1
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
LEGEND
CV — Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume
81
DESCRIPTION
CV Data
Heat Stage 2
Space Temp. Offset
CV Power Exhaust Stg 1
CV Power Exhaust Stg 2
VAV Data
Heat Interlock Relay
Space Temp. Reset
Compressor 1
Compressor 1 Safety
Compressor 2
Compressor 2 Safety
Unloader 1
Unloader 2
Outdoor Fan 1
Outdoor Fan 2
Y1 — Call for Cool 1
Y2 — Call for Cool 2
W1 — Call for Heat 1
W2 — Call for Heat 2
G — Call for Fan
CONQUEST DEVICE CODE
CONQUEST UNIT RESET
CONQUEST BROADCAST ACK
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 1
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 2
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 3
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 4
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 5
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 6
The control will run continuous diagnostics for alarms/
alerts; respond to CCN communications and perform any configured network POC (product outboard controls) functions
such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and global
broadcast; and perform Fire/Smoke control if equipped with
power exhaust.
GAS HEATING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS —
The gas heat units incorporate 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) separate systems to provide gas
heat. Each system incorporates its own induced-draft motor, Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, 2 stage gas valve, manifold,
etc. The systems are operated in parallel; for example, when
there is a call for first stage heat, all induced-draft motors operate, all gas valves are energized, and both IGC boards initiate
spark.
All of the gas heating control is performed through the IGC
boards (located in the heating section). The control module
board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.
The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When the
thermostat or room sensor calls for heating, power is sent from
the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards. An
LED on the IGC board will be on during normal operation. A
check is made to ensure that the rollout switches and limit
switches are closed and the induced-draft motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then energized, and when
speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on the motor, the
ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within
5 seconds.
When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect
sensor, as well as the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled
through a room thermostat set for fan auto., 45 seconds after
ignition occurs, the indoor-fan motor will be energized and the
outdoor-air dampers will open to their minimum position. If for
some reason the overtemperature limit opens prior to the start
of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt, the 45-second delay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the time from initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified,
the fan on delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless
power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a
room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied
mode and the outdoor-air dampers will be in the minimum
position.
If the unit is controlled with a room sensor in the Unoccupied mode, the indoor fan will be energized through the IGC
board with a 45-second delay and the outside-air dampers will
move to the IAQ position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied mode). The IAQ feature is enabled through system software. If IAQ is not enabled, dampers will move to the minimum position.
When additional heat is required, W2 closes and initiates
power to the second stage of the main gas valves. When the
thermostat is satisfied, W1 and W2 open and the gas valves
close interrupting the flow of gas to the main burners. If the call
for W1 lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not terminate until 1 minute after W1 became active. If the unit is
controlled through a room thermostat set for fan auto., the
indoor-fan motor will continue to operate for an additional
45 seconds then stop and the outdoor-air dampers will close. If
the overtemperature limit opens after the indoor motor is
stopped within 10 minutes of W1 becoming inactive, on the
next cycle the time will be extended by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified, the fan off delay will
not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor
fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after
45 seconds in the Unoccupied mode.
The Time Guard® function maintains a minimum off
time of 5 minutes, a minimum ON time of 10 seconds, and a
minimum delay before starting the second compressor of
10 seconds.
If the compressors have been off for more than 15 minutes
and the OAT (outdoor-air temperature) is less than 45 F, then
the safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes. At all times, safeties
will be used.
Heating and cooling will be mutually locked out on demand
on a first call basis. The heating and the cooling functions cannot be operating simultaneously.
COOLING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS —
On power up, the control module will activate the initialization
software of the control board. The initialization software then
reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV operation. Initialization clears all alarms and alerts, re-maps the input/output database for VAV operation, sets maximum heat
stages to 1 and sets maximum cool stages to 6. The control
module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the unit will
use expansion board operation. Power up takes a random time
of 1 to 63 seconds plus 5 minutes the first time power is sent to
the control board after a power outage.
The control module will determine if an interface (linkage)
is active and if the unit will operate in a Digital Air Volume
(DAV) mode. In a DAV system, the room terminals are
equipped with microprocessor controls that give commands to
the base unit module. If an interface is active, the control will
replace local comfort set points, space and return air temperatures and occupancy status with the linkage data supplied.
The control module will determine occupancy status from
Time Schedules (if programmed), Remote Occupied/Unoccupied input, global occupancy, or DAV. If Temperature Compensated Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the
Occupied mode.
NOTE: The temperature compensated start is a period of time
calculated to bring the unit on while in Unoccupied mode to
reach the occupied set point when occupancy occurs.
The control module will set the appropriate operating mode
and fan control. The control module will turn VFD on if Occupied mode is evident.
For units equipped with a start/stop switch only (no space
temperature sensor), if in Unoccupied mode and valid returnair temperature reading is available (either from a sensor or
DAV), the control will monitor return-air temperature against
Unoccupied Heat and Cool set points.
For units with a start/stop switch and a space temperature
sensor, the control module will start the VFD whenever SPT is
outside of the set points (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied
Cool). The VFD may also be started by nighttime thermostat
via remote Occupied/Unoccupied input or by a Temperature
Compensated Start algorithm. When VFD is running in a normal mode, the control will start heating or cooling as required
to maintain supply-air temperature at the supply air set point
(SASP) plus the reset (when enabled). The reset value is determined by SAT (supply-air temperature) reset and/or space temperature reset algorithms. The space temperature reset is only
available when enabled through software.
When cooling, the control will energize the power exhaust
enable output to the external power exhaust controller, when
power exhaust is used.
If in Occupied mode, the control module will perform economizer control (economizer control same as described above
for CV units). If in Unoccupied mode, the control module will
perform nighttime free cool and IAQ pre-occupancy purge as
required (when enabled through software). When DX (direct
expansion) cooling is called, the outdoor fans will always
operate.
82
If the call for heat lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not terminate until 1 minute after heat became active.
When heating is satisfied, the power will be interrupted to the
IGC board and W1 and W2 of the main gas valve. If the unit is
controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after 45 seconds in the
Unoccupied mode.
STAGED GAS UNIT HEATING — The Staged Gas Control
option offered on 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068 and 48AJ,AK,AW,
AY020-060 units adds the capability to control the rooftop
unit’s gas heating system to a specified Supply Air Temperature Set Point for purposes of tempering a cool mixed-air condition. The gas heating system employs multiple heating sections. Each section is equipped with a two-stage gas valve. The
gas valves are sequenced by a factory-installed staged gas controller (SGC) as required to maintain the user-specified Supply
Air Set Point. Up to eleven stages of heating control are available, based on quantity and heating capacity sizes of the individual heat exchanger sections provided in the base unit. In
addition to providing system control for tempering heat operation, the new SGC also controls Demand Heat sequences
for both First-Stage (W1) and Second-Stage (W2 or full-fire)
operation.
Tempering of supply air is desirable when rooftop units are
operating in ventilation mode (economizer only operation) at
low outdoor temperatures. At low outdoor temperatures, the
mixed air temperature (combination of return-from-space temperature and outdoor/ventilation air temperature) may become
too low for the comfort of the occupants or for the terminal
reheat systems. The tempering function adds incremental steps
of heat capacity to raise the temperature of the mixed air up to
levels suitable for direct admission into the occupied space or
to levels consistent with reheat capabilities of the space terminals. Refer to Table 37 for the staged gas heating control system components. Refer to Table 38 for the heating system controller (SGC) inputs. The heating system controller (SGC) outputs consist of six relays (K1 through K6) which control the
individual gas valves.
GAS HEATING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV)
UNITS — All of the gas heating control is performed through
the integrated gas control (IGC) board. The control module
board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.
NOTE: The unit is factory-configured for disabled occupied
heating. DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (DIP
switch 5 set to OPEN).
Variable Air Volume (VAV) occupied heat is controlled by
return-air temperature (RAT) using a 5k thermistor located just
below the outdoor-air dampers. A VAV unit without a space
temperature sensor is also controlled by RAT. A VAV unit with
a space temperature sensor has Unoccupied Heat controlled by
space temperature (SPT).
The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When
there is a call for heating (either Morning Warm-Up, Unoccupied, or Occupied modes), power is sent from the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards and W2 of the main
gas valve. When heating, the control module board will energize a field-supplied heat interlock relay output to drive the
VAV terminal boxes wide open. The HIR is not required on a
DAV system. See Fig. 59. In the Occupied mode the indoor-fan
motor will be operating and the outdoor-air dampers will be in
the minimum position. In the Unoccupied mode the indoor-fan
motor will be off, but will energize 45 seconds after the call for
heat and the outdoor-air dampers will move to the IAQ
Unoccupied position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied
mode). The duct pressure sensor will signal to the variable frequency drive to operate at full speed since all terminals have
been driven open. An LED on the IGC board will be on during
normal operation. A check is made to ensure that the rollout
switches and limit switches are closed and the induced-draft
motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then energized and when speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on
the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners
will ignite within 5 seconds.
When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect
sensor, and the flame sensor.
TRAN2
B
CB4
3.2 AMPS
COM
SECONDARY
24 VOLT
BASE MODULE
CONTROL BOARD
INDOOR FAN RELAY
CB
—
COM —
HIR —
T
—
TRAN —
COM
T
30
HIR
T29
FIELD
INSTALLED
(HN61KK040)
(24V, 9.5VA)
T
28
Fig. 59 — Heat Interlock Relay Wiring
83
LEGEND
Circuit Breaker
Common
Heat Interlock Relay
Terminal
Transformer
Table 37 — Staged Gas System Components
ITEM
Heating Controller (SGC)
Supply-Air Thermistors (SAT)
FUNCTION
Logic and Output Relays
Sense unit leaving-air temperature
Cooling Supply Air Set Point
Potentiometer (CLSASP)
Specify set point for
tempering heat control
Set Point Range: 35 to 70 F
Specify set point for First-Stage
Heating control
Set Point Range: 80 to 125 F
Prove Supply Fan operation
Heating Supply Air Set Point
Potentiometer (HTSASP)
Air Flow Switch (AFS)
LOCATION
Heating section
Supply duct (factory-provided,
field-installed)
Heating section, next to SGC
Heating section, next to SGC
Fan supply air plenum
(factory-installed)
Table 38 — Stage Gas System Inputs/Outputs
INPUT
Cool1
Cool2
Heat1
Heat2
Fan
Cool Supply Set Point
Heat Supply Set Point
Supply Air Thermistor (1, 2 and 3)
DESCRIPTION
Relay in parallel with Compressor #1 contactor
Relay in parallel with Compressor #2 contactor
24V input from Base Unit control
24V input from Base Unit control
Air proving switch (contact closure on rise in static pressure)
Potentiometer, (range 35-70 F)
Potentiometer, (range 80-125 F)
Field-installed in supply ductwork (P/N HH79NZ016)
Operating Modes — The SGC will operate the unit in one of
the following operating modes:
• no mode
• Cooling Mode
• Heating1 Mode
• Heating2 Mode
No Mode — In this mode, none of the heat stages are turned
on. No mode occurs if the Cool, Heat or Fan inputs are off or
the Cool input(s) are on.
Tempering (Cool) Mode — In this mode, the SGC tempers in
incoming supply air to maintain the cooling supply air set
point. Tempering mode occurs if the Fan input is ON and all
Cool and Heat inputs are off.
When the SGC determines that the fan is on and the base
unit control is not calling for heat or mechanical cooling, the
SGC will stage heat to maintain the cooling set point which is
set on the CLSASP potentiometer of the SGC. This set point
should be slightly below the supply air set point of the base unit
VAV control. Note that the supply-air temperature will still be
in the “cooling range.”
Heat1 Mode — Heat1 mode is used on VAV applications as
they have one heat stage on the base unit control. CV units
have two heat stages and will not operate under Heat1 mode.
In this mode, heat is staged to control supply air temperature
to HTSASP. Heat1 mode occurs only if Heat1 is ON and Heat2
is OFF and Cool1 and Cool2 are OFF.
When the base unit control calls for first stage of heat, the
SGC will stage heat to maintain the heating set point set on the
potentiometer of the SGC. The HIR will be energized to command the zone terminals to open to maintain minimum heating
airflow.
Heat2 Mode — Heat2 mode is used on CV applications as
they have 2 heat stages on the base unit control. VAV units
have only 1 heat stage and will not operate under Heat2 mode.
In this mode, when the base unit calls for the second stage
of heat, the SGC will turn on all available heat stages. This
mode only occurs if Heat1 and Heat2 are ON and Cool1 and
Cool2 are OFF.
Accessory Navigator Display — The Navigator Display is a
field-installed accessory. See Fig. 60. Navigator Display is to
be connected to LEN connections at communication board
which is attached to the heating and cooling supply air set point
potentiometers in heating section. The Navigator Display accessory is required for all units with staged gas control.
The display module provides the user interface to the Staged
Gas control system. See Fig. 60. The display has up and down
arrow keys, an ESCAPE key, and an ENTER key. These
keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure. See Table 39. Press the ESCAPE key until the
display is blank to move through the top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the bottom left side of the display.
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
will scroll a text description across the display indicating the
full meaning of each display acronym. Pressing the ESCAPE
and ENTER keys when the display is blank (Mode LED level) will return the display to its default menu of rotating display
items. In addition, the password will be disabled requiring that
it be entered again before changes can be made to password
protected items.
When a specific item is located, the display will flash showing the operator, the item, item value, and then the item units (if
any). Press the ENTER key to stop the display at the item value. Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
when required. Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the 4
digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press
the ENTER key to stop the display at the item value. Press the
ENTER key again so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the value or state of an item and press the
ENTER key to accept it. Press the ESCAPE key and the
item, value, or units display will resume. Repeat the process as
required for other items.
The unit alarms can be cleared through Navigator display.
To check the current alarms, enter the Alarms menu. The first
submenu is the CRNT submenu. The CRNT function displays
the list of current alarms (maximum of 25). The second submenu item is the RCRN (Reset All Current Alarms) function.
Press ENTER to reset the current alarms. The next submenu
item, HIST, displays the list of cleared alarms (maximum of
20). The HIST function can be cleared with the RHIS function.
84
Com
NA
MO
Run
fort
VIG
Lin
ATO
R™
NOTE: To utilize Morning Warm-Up mode, the unit occupancy schedule must be accessed via Service Tool, Building
Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® software or accessory
Remote Enhanced Display. The PC can access the base control
board via the 3-wire communication bus or via an RJ-11 connection to the CCN terminal on the base control board. See
Fig. 27.
For current software (version 3.0 or later), the Low Temperature Minimum Damper Position Override (LOWMDP)
has a 0 to 100% limit, with a default of 100%. Think of the
LOWMDP as a second minimum damper position. This
LOWMDP limit change requires access to the unit software
with a computer equipped with Building Supervisor, Service Tool, or ComfortWORKS Software.
When the LOWMDP is in effect the outdoor dampers will
remain at the LOWMDP position (typically set to 0% closed)
during heating, even in the Occupied period. For the LOWMDP to be in effect the LOWMDP must be less than the minimum damper position (MDP) and the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less than the OHSP (occupied heat set point)
minus 2.5° F. Table 40 summarizes the operational requirements and controlling factors for occupied heat and morning
warm-up.
MORNING WARM-UP (VAV Only with Stand-Alone
Operation) — When the unit operates in stand-alone mode,
morning warm-up occurs when the unit is energized in Occupied mode and return-air temperature (RAT) is below 68 F.
Warm-up will not terminate until the RAT reaches 68 F. The
heat interlock relay output is energized during morning warmup. (A field-installed 24-vdc heat interlock relay is required.)
The output will be energized until the morning warm-up cycle
is complete. Refer to Fig. 59 for heat interlock relay wiring.
k
DE
Al ar
Statu
s
Servi
m St
atu
s
ce Te
st
Temp
eratur
es
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs
Outpu
ts
Confi
Time
Opera
Alarm
gurat
ion
Cloc
k
ting
ENT
ESC
Mode
s
s
ER
Fig. 60 — Navigator Display
MORNING WARM-UP (VAV only with PC Accessed/CCN
Operation) — Morning warm-up occurs when the control has
been programmed to turn on heat prior to the Occupied mode
to be ready for occupancy mode. Morning warm-up is a condition in VAV systems that occurs when the Temperature Compensated Start algorithm calculates a biased occupied start time
and the unit has a demand for heating. The warm-up will continue into the occupied period as long as there is a need for
heat. During warm-up, the unit can continue heating into the
occupied period, even if occupied heating is disabled. When
the heating demand is satisfied, the warm-up condition will terminate. To increase or decrease the heating demand, use
Service Tool software to change the Occupied Heating set
point.
Table 39 — Navigator Display Menu Structure
RUN
STATUS
SERVICE
TEST
Auto Display
(VIEW)
SERVICE
TEST
Software
Version
(VERS)
SET
POINTS
INPUTS
N/A
SETPOINT
SELECT
COOL
INPUT#1
HEAT
OUTPUT
1
Display
Configuration
(DISP)
Time
(TIME)
N/A
N/A
COOLING
SETPOINT
1
COOL
INPUT#2
HEAT
OUTPUT
2
CCN
Configuration
(CCN)
Date
(DATE)
N/A
N/A
COOLING
SETPOINT
2
HEAT
INPUT#1
HEAT
OUTPUT
3
Stage Gas
Configuration
(CNFG)
Occupancy
and
Unoccupancy
Schedule
Number
(SCHD)
HEAT
SUPPLY AIR
OUTPUT#3 TEMPERATURE 3
HEATING
SETPOINT
1
HEAT
INPUT#1
HEAT
OUTPUT
4
HEAT
OUTPUT#4
HEATING
SETPOINT
2
SUPPLY
FAN
STATUS
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES
SUPPLY AIR
TEMPERATURE
HEAT
SUPPLY AIR
OUTPUT#1 TEMPERATURE 1
HEAT
SUPPLY AIR
OUTPUT#2 TEMPERATURE 2
HEAT
OUTPUT#5
HEAT
OUTPUT#6
85
OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIME CLOCK
HEAT
OUTPUT
5
HEAT
OUTPUT
6
OPERATING
MODES
ALARMS
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CRNT)
Reset all
Current
Alarms
(RCRN)
Alarm
History
(HIST)
Reset
Alarm
History
(RHIS)
the temperature trends stop improving but the demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 heating will be energized
SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET SENSOR (VAV Only) —
An accessory space temperature sensor (T-55 or T-56 without
offset) is required. Space temperature reset is used to reset the
supply-air temperature set point of a VAV system higher, as the
space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point. As
the space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point,
the supply-air temperature will be reset upward as a function of
the reset ratio. (Default is 3.) Reset ratio is expressed in degrees
change in supply-air temperature per degree of space temperature change. A reset limit will exist which will limit the maximum number of degrees the supply-air temperature may be
raised. (Default is 10 F.) Both the reset ratio and the reset limit
are user definable. The sequence of operation is as follows:
1. The on/off status of the unit supply fan is determined.
2. If the fan is ‘‘on,’’ the sequence will check if the system is
occupied.
3. If the system is in Occupied mode, the sequence will determine if the reset option is enabled.
4. If the reset option is enabled, the sequence will read the
space temperature and compare it to the Occupied Cool
set point. If the temperature is below the Occupied Cool
set point, the algorithm will compute the reset value and
compare this value against the reset limit. If it is greater
than the reset limit, the sequence will use the reset limit as
the reset value. See Fig. 61.
NOTE: A computer equipped with Carrier network access
software (ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, or Service
Tool) or an accessory Remote Enhanced Display is required to
enable this function.
Space Temperature Reset Example — The occupied cooling
set point is set to 73 F. The Reset Ratio is set to 5. The Reset
Limit is set to 20 F. The Reset Ratio determines how many degrees F the temperature is reset. At 72 F, the supply temperature will be reset 5 degrees higher. At 71 F, the supply temperature will be reset 10 degrees higher. At 70 F, the supply temperature will be reset 15 degrees higher. At 69 F, the supply
temperature will be reset 20 degrees higher and the Reset Limit
will have been reached.
Table 40 — Occupied Heat and Morning Warm-Up
Operation and Controlling Factors
MORNING TEMPERATURE
WARM-UP
CONDITION
MAY START
FOR HEAT
DURING
TO START
Smart start or
3.0 and Later DIP switch no. 5
within
RAT < OHSP
10 minutes
SOFTWARE
VERSION
OCCUPIED
HEAT
ENABLED
VIA
LEGEND
OHSP — Occupied Heat Set Point
RAT — Return-Air Temperature
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTROL — If the unit
is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and a remote
start/stop switch, constant volume (CV) cooling will operate as
follows: Stage 1 cooling begins when there exists a 1.5° F
demand and ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F.
Stage 2 cooling begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will
continue until the demand returns 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation
or as long as stage 1 is making a reduction in the space temperature trend. If the temperature trends stop improving but the
demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 cooling will be
energized.
When economizer operation is suitable, the control will use
economizer, as the first stage of cooling will bring on the compressor 1 when Stage 2 demand is called for. If supply-air temperature (SAT) remains above supply-air set point (SASP) for
15 minutes after energizing compressor 1, then compressor 2
shall be started. When Stage 2 is satisfied, the last stage of
compression shall be dropped. When Stage 1 is satisfied, the
control will drop all DX cooling.
If the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and
a remote start/stop switch, CV heating will operate as follows:
Stage 1 heating begins when there exists 1.5° F demand and
ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F. Stage 2 heating
begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will continue until
the demand returns to 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until
a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation or as long as
Stage 1 is making an increase in the space temperature trend. If
BASE MODULE
CONTROL BOARD
(+) T11
(-) T12
mA INPUT
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
4-20 mA
INPUT
FIELD
SUPPLIED
INPUT DEVICE
LEGEND
T — Terminal
NOTE: The 4 to 20 mA input is a field-supplied non-Carrier EMS
(Energy Management System) device.
Fig. 61 — Space Temperature Reset Wiring
86
DEG. F RESET
0.00
1.25
2.50
3.75
5.00
6.25
7.50
8.75
10.00
11.25
12.50
13.75
15.00
16.25
17.50
18.75
20.00
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RESET — Supply air temperature reset is used to reset the supply-air temperature utility.
A 4 to 20 mA signal (field-supplied) is required. The reset option does not require enabling.
POWER EXHAUST OPERATION — Power exhaust has
two options (constant volume and modulating) that have the
following sequence of operation:
The constant volume power exhaust stage 1 (CVPE1) is enabled when the indoor fan has been energized and the desired
outdoor-air damper position for the economizer increases
above the first constant volume (CV) power exhaust stage
1 point (PES1). The PES1 factory default value is set at 25%.
The constant volume power exhaust stage 2 (CVPE2) is enabled when the desired outdoor-air damper position for the
economizer increases above the second CV power exhaust
stage 2 point (PES2). The PES2 factory default value is set at
75%. Each stage is disabled when the desired damper position
decreases below the respective set points.
The modulating power exhaust is enabled when the indoor
fan is energized and the building pressure has exceeded the individual sequencer set points. The default set points are 0.04 in.
wg (6.3 vdc) for stage 1, 0.10 in wg (6.8 vdc) for stage 2,
0.16 in wg (7.3 vdc) for stage 3, and 0.23 in. wg (7.8 vdc) for
stage 4, 0.29 in. wg (8.3 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.35 in. wg
(8.8 vdc) for stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Each stage also
requires that the building pressure is reduced until it drops below the disable set point. The default set points are 0 in wg.
(6.0 vdc) for stage 1, 0.060 in. wg (6.5 vdc) for stage 2, 0.13 in.
wg (7.0 vdc) for stage 3, 0.19 in. wg (7.4 vdc) for stage 4,
0.25 in. wg (8.0 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.31 in. wg (8.5 vdc) for
stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Both of these set points are
changed at the specific controlling sequencer. It is not forcible
from CCN.
If the indoor fan is on, then PEXE = ON. If the indoor fan is
off, then PEXE = OFF. In addition, on units equipped with the
Expansion I/O module, the control module board may have direct access 4 to 6 Modulated Power Exhausted stages bypassing an external sequencer device. These stages will be controlled directly in fire/smoke modes.
SMOKE CONTROL MODES — The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY units with an optional expansion board perform fire and smoke control modes. The expansion board provides 4 modes which can be used to control smoke within the
conditioned area. The modes of operation are fire shutdown,
pressurization, evacuation, and smoke purge. See Table 41.
SMOKE DETECTOR — A smoke detector can be used to
initiate fire shutdown. This can be accomplished by a set of
normally closed pilot relay contacts which will interrupt power
from the 24-v transformer, secondary ‘‘B’’ terminal to the control circuit breaker (CB4). See Fig. 62. The wire that connects
these two points is white and labeled ‘‘W78.’’
NOTE: On standard gas models, the indoor fan will continue
to run 45 seconds after the call for heat has been terminated. If
fire shutdown is initiated the fan will stop immediately. No
45-second delay will occur.
The smoke detector may be mounted in the return air duct or
the supply duct. Carrier does not make recommendations as to
specific smoke detector location due to liability considerations.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) CONTROL — The accessory IAQ sensor is required for IAQ control on the base control
board. The Carrier sensors operate with a 4 to 20 mA signal.
The 4 to 20 mA signal is connect to T13 (+) and T14 (-) on the
base control board for the IAQ sensor, and T15 (+) and T16 (-)
on the base control board for the OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality)
sensor. The sensor is field-mounted and wired to the base control board installed in the unit main control box. The IAQ sensor must be powered by a field-supplied 24-V power supply
(ungrounded). Do not use the unit 24-V power supply to power
sensor.
Fig. 62 — Field-Supplied Smoke Detector Wiring
NOTE: The Carrier IAQ/OAQ sensors are shipped configured
for a 0 to 10 Vdc signal for use on previously designed PIC
(Product Integrated Control) products. This signal must be
changed to the 4 to 20 mA signal to be used on these products,
which is accomplished through a jumper change. The IAQ/
OAQ input signals are also polarized, with (+) connecting to
the odd numbered terminals and (-) connected to the even
numbered terminals. Refer to Indoor-Air Quality Section in the
Controls, Operation, and Troubleshooting Manual for further
sequence of operation.
NOTE: The IAQ Control function was incorporated onto the
base control board on these units with serial number of 0600F
and later.
Once installed, the sensor must be enabled. The sensor is
configured with default values which may be changed through
network access software. To work properly, the IAQ sensor
high and low reference points for the sensor that is used must
match the configured values. The base control board reacts to a
4 to 20 mA signal from the IAQ sensor. The low reference
(4 mA output) must be configured to the minimum IAQ sensor
reading. The high reference (20 mA output) must be configured to the maximum IAQ sensor reading.
The IAQ sensor can be configured to either low or high
priority. The priority value can be changed by the user. The
default is low.
Low priority — When the priority is set to low, the initial control is to the IAQ set point, but the outside air damper position
will change to its minimum position when the following conditions occur:
• CV units with sensor — when the space temperature is
greater than the occupied cooling set point plus 2° F or
when the space temperature is less than the occupied
heating set point minus 2° F.
• VAV units and CV units with thermostat — when the
supply-air temperature is less than the supply-air temperature set point minus 8° F or when the supply-air temperature is greater than the supply air temperature set point
plus 5° F for 4 minutes.
• When the outdoor air quality is greater than the outdoor
air quality set point (ppm)
High priority — When the priority is set to high, the IAQ set
point controls the outside air damper exclusively, with no regard to comfort conditioning.
TIME GUARD® CIRCUIT — The Time Guard function
(built into the rooftop control module board) maintains a minimum off time of 5 minutes, a minimum on time of 10 seconds,
and a 10-second delay between compressor starts.
CRANKCASE HEATER — Unit main power supply must
remain on to provide crankcase heater operation. The crankcase heater in each compressor keeps oil free of refrigerant
while compressor is off.
87
Table 41 — Smoke Control Modes
DEVICE
Economizer
Indoor Fan/VFD
Power Exhaust (all outputs)
Heat Stages
Cool Stages
HIR
PRESSURIZATION
100%
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
SMOKE PURGE
100%
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
EVACUATION
100%
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
FIRE SHUTDOWN
0%
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
LEGEND
HIR — Heat Interlock Relay
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
A VAV unit configured to run off thermostat input or a
space sensor will have the capability for two stages of heating,
however, modification to the control wiring will be required to
make this available. The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) for
the supply fan will still be active, varying the supply air fan
speed to maintain supply duct pressure.
Upon a call for Y1 (or Y2_SPT) cooling, the compressor 1
will start after appropriate Time Guard® functions. Thirty seconds after the SAT drops below the “SAT1TRIP” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading sequence will be as
follows:
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Each unit has a fan cycling, outdoor thermostat to shut off the outdoor-fan motor(s) at
55 F (one outdoor-fan motor on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units, 2 outdoor-fan motors on
48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units
and 3 outdoor-fan motors on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units). The head pressure control
permits unit to operate with correct condensing temperatures
down to 35 F outdoor-air temperature.
MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL — The Motormaster III
Solid-State Head Pressure Control is a field-installed accessory
fan speed control device actuated by a temperature sensor. It
is specifically designed for use on Carrier equipment and controls the condenser-fan motor speed in response to the saturated
condensing temperature. For outdoor temperatures down to
–20 F, it maintains condensing temperature at 100 F. Refer to
the accessory Motormaster installation instructions for more
information.
CAPACITY CONTROL, COOLING — The cooling capacity staging tables are shown in Tables 42 and 43.
Compressor no. 1 On, Full Load
Compressor no. 1 On, 2/3 Load
Compressor no. 1 On, 1/3 Load
Compressor no. 1 Off
The “Y1 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from
50 F to 65 F, with a factory setting of 53 F. If the temperature of
the SAT rise above the “Y1 Low SAT Limit” plus 2° F, the
compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in which it was
unloaded following the pre-described time guards. There will
be a 90-second time guard between any change in unloaded
state, and the normal 5-minute time guard for change in compressor On/Off state.
If compressor no. 1 is forced off due to “Y1 LOW SAT
Limit” an alert will be issued. If economizer is suitable, the
economizer mode will remain active. The alert will be cleared
after the 5-minute time guard has expired and the compressor is
restarted. With Y1 (or Y1_SPT) input, only compressor no. 1
can be running.
Upon a call for Y1 (or Y1_SPT) and Y2 (or Y2_SPT) cooling both compressor no. 1 and 2 will start after appropriate time
guards. Thirty seconds after SAT drops below the “Y2 Low
SAT Limit” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading
sequence will be as follows:
Table 42 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table, CV
Units with 2 Compressors
Stages
1
Economizer
off
off
0
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
off
off
2
3
on
off
on
on
NOTE: On CV units that require additional unloading, add suction
pressure unloaders to Compressor 1 only.
Table 43 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table VAV
Units with 2 Compressors and 2 Unloaders*
Compressor 1
Unloader 1
Unloader 2
Compressor 2
0
off
off
off
off
1
on
on
on
off
2
on
on
off
off
STAGES
3
4
on
on
off
on
off
on
off
on
5
on
on
off
on
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Unloader no. 1 Off, Unloader no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
6
on
off
off
on
Compressor no. 1
On, Full Load
Compressor no. 1
On, 2/3 Load
Compressor no. 1
On, 1/3 Load
Compressor no. 1
On, Full Load
Compressor no. 1
On, 2/3 Load
Compressor no. 1
On, 1/3 Load
Compressor no. 1 Off
*40 ton units have only one unloader.
It is often desirable to use a variable air volume (VAV) unit
in a variable volume and temperature (VVT) control system
because of the greater unloading capability. A VAV unit (with
software version 4.0 and later) can easily be configured in the
field to run off of either space thermostat (VVT® relay pack)
input or a space sensor. When configured in this manner, the
unit control will turn on compressors based upon load in the
space. If the supply-air falls below predefined limits, the control will unload the compressor in order to maintain the minimum supply-air limit. If unloading is not successful in maintaining the minimum supply-air temperature (SAT), then the
compressors will be turned off. An alarm will be issued when
the compressors are turned off.
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 Off,
Unloader no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On
Compressor no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 2 Off
Unloader no. 1 Off,
Unloader no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On
Compressor no. 2 Off
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 2 On
Compressor no. 2 Off
The “Y2 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from
45 F to 55 F, with a factory default setting of 48 F. If the temperature of the SAT rise above the “Y2 Low SAT Limit” plus
2° F, the compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in
which it was unloaded following the pre-described Time Guard
functions. There will be a 90-second time guard between any
change in unloaded state, and the normal 5-minute time guard
for change in compressor On/Off state.
88
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are secured to the unit with a single 1/4-in. - 20 x 1/2-in. long bolt. See
Fig. 63.
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a 7/16-in. wrench. Pivot
the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To
shut, reverse the above procedure.
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under
special service circumstances. It is very important that the orientation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit
prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the
top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into
the unit.
If a Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call begins while the unit was under
“Y1 cooling” control, compressor no. 2 will not be started until
“Y1 cooling” control has ended.
If the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an
unloaded state and compressor 2 ON, then compressor 1 will
be immediately brought up to the fully loaded state. If however,
the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an unloaded state and compressor 2 OFF, then compressor 1 will be left
in its unloaded state. In either case the compressor 1 will be
loaded/unloaded as appropriate to the “Y1 Low Limit”.
The control shall lockout compressors if SAT becomes too
low and an alarm shall be issued.
Compressor no. 1 lockout at SAT < 53 F.
Compressor no. 2 lockout at SAT < 48 F.
If SAT sensor fails the control will energize compressor
no. 1 fully loaded (unloaders off), whenever there is a Y1 (or
Y1_SPT) call. Compressor no. 2 will be energized whenever
there is a call for Y2 (or Y2_SPT).
NOTE: When a VAV unit with software version 4.0 and later is
configured to operate from a space thermostat (VVT® relay
pack) or a space sensor, compressors start loaded and then
unload as needed. This is the opposite of the normal VAV
unloading sequence. When operating from supply-air temperature (SAT) sensor, VAV units will unload in the reverse
sequence.
FIELD TEST — The field test program is initiated by moving
up DIP switch no. 4 to the OPEN position. The outdoor-air
damper will close. The control allows 90 seconds for the damper to close in case it was in the full open position. Next, the
indoor-fan contactor will be energized, and the outside-air
damper will begin to open to its default value of 20% and stay
at that position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air
damper will then open to its full open position and stay at that
position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air damper will
then close.
If the unit is equipped with power exhaust, stage 1 will be
energized for 5 seconds. If the unit is configured for stage 2 of
power exhaust, stage 2 will be energized for 5 seconds after the
first stage is deenergized.
The first stage of heat will be energized for 30 seconds, after
which the second stage heat will be energized for an additional
30 seconds. Heat is then deenergized.
The last step is the Cooling mode. Outdoor-fan contactor
no. 1 is energized. This is followed by each stage of cooling
energized with a 10-second delay between stages. After this
is complete, outdoor-fan contactor no. 2 is energized for
10 seconds.
The compressors will now deenergize, followed by the outdoor-fan contactors and indoor-fan contactors. If the unit is
equipped with the Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, the indoor fan will continue to operate for an additional 30 seconds
after deenergizing the circuit.
The field test is then complete.
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure
door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches
are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into
the evaporator section of the unit.
Cleaning — Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heating and cooling season and as operating conditions require.
Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit
interior.
MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating season, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or
other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if necessary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 64. Refer to Main Burners
section on page 94.
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and
heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section
access panel (Fig. 5-16), flue box cover, collector box, and
main burner assembly (Fig. 65 and 66). Refer to Main Burners
section on page 94 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is
required, clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using
new high-temperature insulation for sealing.
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to assure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower
wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the
first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to determine proper cleaning frequency.
Fig. 63 — Door Latch
SERVICE
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
Service Access — All unit components can be reached
through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are
not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is needed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental
closure.
Fig. 64 — Spark Gap Adjustment
89
NOTES:
1. Torque set screws on blower wheel to 70 in. lbs ± 2 in. lbs.
2. Torque set screw on propeller fan to 15 in. lbs ± 2 in. lbs.
3. Dimensions are in inches.
Fig. 65 — Typical Gas Heating Section
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access
panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of combustion
fan housing (Fig. 65 and 66). The motor, scroll, and wheel
assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove scroll from
plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor shaft and
clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and wheel
assembly.
EVAPORATOR COIL — Remove access panels and clean as
required with commercial coil cleaner.
CONDENSER COIL — Clean condenser coil annually and
as required by location and outdoor-air conditions. Inspect coil
monthly; clean as required.
CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at
start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.
FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cooling season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer
to Tables 1A and 1B for type and size.
NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters
capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.
OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with
steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable
filters in place of screens. See Fig. 37 for location of screens
(filter track assembly).
Fig. 66 — Gas Heat Section Details
90
5. Retighten pulley.
6. Return power to the unit.
Lubrication
COMPRESSORS — Each compressor is charged with the
correct amount of oil at the factory. The correct oil charge is
shown in Tables 1A and 1B. If oil is visible in the compressor
sight glass, check unit for operating readiness as described in
Start-Up section, then start the unit. Observe oil level and add
oil, if required, to bring oil level in compressor crankcase up to
between 1/4 and 1/3 of sight glass during steady operation.
If oil charge is above 1/3 sight glass, do not remove any oil
until the compressor crankcase heater has been energized for at
least 24 hours with compressor off.
When additional oil or a complete charge is required, use
only Carrier-approved compressor oil:
Petroleum Specialties, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cryol 150
Texaco, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capella WF-32
Witco Chemical Corp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suniso 3GS
IMPORTANT: Do not use reclaimed oil or oil that has
been exposed to the atmosphere. Refer to Carrier Standard
Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants section, for procedures to add or remove oil.
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least every 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease.
Typical lubricants are given below:
MANUFACTURER
Texaco
Mobil
Sunoco
Texaco
LUBRICANT
Regal AFB-2*
Mobilplex EP No. 1
Prestige 42
Multifak 2
Fig. 67 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment
and Adjustment
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.
CONDENSER- AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR
BEARINGS — The condenser- and evaporator-fan motors
have permanently-sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is
necessary.
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly — If the coupling has been removed for other blower assembly component
repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassembled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.
REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT
(Fig. 68)
1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing
mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side
of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.
2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This allows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.
3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances.
Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.
4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and
0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if
necessary.
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment
(Fig. 67) — Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed
shown in Tables 1A and 1B (factory speed setting).
IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches
the duct static pressure using Tables 19-31.
To change fan speeds, change pulleys.
To align fan and motor pulleys:
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.
3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.
4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from
mounting plate.
CENTER DRIVE
SHAFT
FLEX
MEMBER
SHAFT
FLANGE
Fig. 68 — Evaporator Fan Coupling
91
SHAFT
BEARINGS
3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.
4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate
nuts.
5. Remove the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.
6. Slide motor plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove
fan belt(s).
7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the
rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor
plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the
plate to pivot upward).
8. Pivot the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow
access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in
place by inserting a prop.
9. Remove the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and
remove motor.
10. Reverse above steps to install new motor.
5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hardware are clean and free of oil.
6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing outward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.
7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the center drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members
have collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole
of the drive shaft flange.
8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of
the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other
shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using 2
bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar in
the flex member should line up with the shaft flange holes.
9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a coupling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubricant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.
10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of
the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.
11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by
hand for 30 to 60 seconds.
12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to
place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to
the shafts.
13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment
section below.)
14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly misaligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the
shaft flanges.
15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts
tend to relax after being initially torqued.
Condenser-Fan Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn off unit power supply.
Remove fan guard.
Loosen fan hub setscrews.
Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed
across venturi and measure per Fig. 70.
5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is
missing.
6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).
7. Turn on unit power.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Turn off unit power supply.
Remove supply-air section panels.
Remove belt and blower pulley.
Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.
Remove locking collars from bearings.
Remove shaft.
Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.
Lift out wheel.
Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.
Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.
Restore power to unit.
Belt Tension Adjustment — To adjust belt tension:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn off unit power supply.
Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 69.
Loosen fan motor nuts.
Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate
left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should
be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while
running under full load.
5. Tighten nuts.
6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in
fixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of
operation. Adjust as necessary. See Table 3 for proper
tension values.
7. Restore power to unit.
Fig. 69 — Belt Tension Adjustment
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to
gain access to motor.
Fig. 70 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment
92
Power Failure — The economizer damper motor is a
spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will return to fully closed position until power is restored.
Refrigerant Charge — Amount of refrigerant charge is
listed on unit nameplate and in Tables 1A and 1B. Refer to
Carrier GTAC II; Module 5; Charging, Recovery, Recycling,
and Reclamation section for charging methods and procedures.
Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during
charging procedure.
NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain
contaminants.
NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refrigerant (refer to Tables 1A and 1B).
LOW CHARGE COOLING — Using appropriate cooling
charging chart (see Fig. 71-74), add or remove refrigerant until
conditions of the appropriate chart are met. Note that charging
chart is different from those normally used. An accurate pressure gage and temperature sensing device are required. Measure liquid line pressure at the liquid line service valve using
pressure gage. Connect temperature sensing device to the liquid line near the liquid line service valve and insulate it so that
outdoor ambient temperature does not affect reading.
Using the above temperature and pressure readings, find the
intersect point on the appropriate cooling charging chart. If intersection point on chart is above line, add refrigerant. If intersection point on chart is below line, carefully reclaim some of
the charge. Recheck suction pressure as charge is adjusted.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range
of unit. All outdoor fans must be operating.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — Each circuit
Fig. 71 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034
has a TXV. The TXV is nonadjustable and is factory set to maintain 10 to 13° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV
controls flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils.
Gas Valve Adjustment
NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes
in response to the thermostat or limit control.
When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot
valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to
terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body
(3.5 in. wg).
To adjust regulator:
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.
2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Remove 1/8-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water
manometer pressure-measuring device.
4. Set main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 75).
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or
counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for
heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).
9. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace 1/8-in.
pipe plug and screw cap.
11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating
operation.
Fig. 72 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048
93
Main Burners — For all applications, main burners are
factory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 76)
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.
2. Shut off power supply to unit.
3. Remove heating access panel.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires from gas valve.
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.
9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate
flange to the vestibule plate.
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.
11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.
Fig. 73 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
CHARGING CHART
BOTH CIRCUITS
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING
Liquid Temperature at Liquid Valve (deg F)
140
120
Add Charge if Above Curve
100
Reduce Charge if Below Curve
80
Fig. 76 — Main Burner Removal
60
40
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Liquid Pressure at Liquid Valve (PSIG)
Fig. 74 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060
REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
(REMOVE COVER)
2 LEADS, #18 WIRE 1/32 INSULATION,
600V. MAX., 105°C
OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (PLUGGED)
1/8-27 N.P.T. THDS.
C1
OFF
ON
C2
PILOT
ADJ.
INLET PRESSURE TAP
(PLUGGED)
1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.
RECEPTACLE AND
TAB COMBINATION
TERMINAL
D-1 D-2
W-1
W-2
PILOT CONNECTION
FOR 1/4” O.D. TUBING
(PLUGGED)
RECEPTACLE TERMINAL
Fig. 75 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CB271)
94
Filter Drier — Replace whenever refrigerant system is ex-
FREEZE PROTECTION THERMOSTAT (FPT) — Freeze
protection thermostats are located on the evaporator coil for
each circuit. One is located at the top and bottom of each coil. It
detects frost build-up and turns off the compressor, allowing
the coil to clear. Once the frost has melted, the compressor can
be reenergized.
posed to atmosphere.
Protective Devices
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
Overcurrent — Each compressor has one manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the circuit breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the
breaker.
Overtemperature — Each 06D type compressor (48AJ,AK,
AW,AY020-035 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-038 units only) has
an internal protector to protect it against excessively high discharge gas temperatures.
Crankcase Heater — Each compressor has a crankcase heater
to prevent absorption of liquid refrigerant by oil in the crankcase when the compressor is idle. Since power for the crankcase heaters is drawn from the unit incoming power, main unit
power must be on for the heaters to be energized.
Relief Devices — All units have relief devices to protect
against damage from excessive pressures (i.e., fire). These devices are installed on the suction line, liquid line, and on the
compressor.
Power Circuit — A typical power wiring schematic is
shown in Fig. 77.
Control Circuit, 24-V — This control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 3.2 amp circuit breaker (CB4).
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting. A typical 24-v control wiring schematic is
shown in Fig. 78 and 79.
Control Circuit, 115-V — This control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 5.2 amp circuit breaker (CB3).
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting. A typical 115-v control wiring schematic is
shown in Fig. 80 and 81.
IMPORTANT: After a prolonged shutdown or service job,
energize the crankcase heaters for 24 hours before starting
the compressors.
EVAPORATOR FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — A manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker protects
against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the
size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and
correct it before resetting the breaker. If the evaporator-fan
motor is replaced with a different horsepower motor, resizing
of the circuit breaker is required. Contact Carrier Application
Engineering.
CONDENSER-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — Each
condenser-fan motor is internally protected against
overtemperature.
HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SWITCHES — If either
switch trips, or if the compressor overtemperature switch
activates, that refrigerant circuit will be automatically
locked out. See Compressor Lockout Logic section on this
page.
Compressor Lockout Logic — If any of the safeties
trip, the circuit will automatically reset (providing the safety
has reset) and restart the compressor in 15 minutes. If any of
the safeties trip 3 times within a 90-minute period, then the circuit will be locked out and will require manual resetting by
turning off either the unit disconnect or the control circuit
breaker, or opening the thermostat.
If the compressors have bee off for more than 15 minutes
and the outdoor-air temperature (OAT) is less than 45 F then
safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes.
Replacement Parts — A complete list of replacement
parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon
request.
LEGEND for Fig. 77-83 — Typical Wiring Schematics
LEGEND
AFS
AHA
BP
BR
C
CAP
CB
CC
CCB
CCH
CLSASP
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
COM
COMP
CR
CV
DM
DP
EC
FLA
FPT
FU
GVR
HPS
HS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Airflow Switch
Adjustable Heat Anticipator
Building Pressure
Burner Relay
Contactor, Compressor
Capacitor
Circuit Breaker
Cooling Compensator
Controller Circuit Breaker
Crankcase Heater
Cooling Supply Air
Set Point Potentiometer
Communication
Compressor Motor
Control Relay
Constant Volume
Damper Motor
Duct Pressure
Enthalpy Control
Full Load Amps
Freeze Protection Thermostat
Fuse
Gas Valve Relay
High-Pressure Switch
Hall Effect Sensor
HTSASP — Heating Supply Air Set Point
Potentiometer
HV
— High Voltage
IDM
— Induced-Draft Motor
IFC
— Indoor Fan Contactor
IFCB
— Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker
IFM
— Indoor-Fan Motor
IFR
— Indoor-Fan Relay
IGC
— Integrated Gas Unit Controller
IP
— Internal Protector
L
— Light
LPS
— Low-Pressure Switch
LS
— Limit Switch
MGV
— Main Gas Valve
NC
— Normally Closed
NO
— Normally Open
OAT
— Outdoor-Air Thermostat
OD
— Outdoor
OFC
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor
OFM
— Outdoor-Fan Motor
PEC
— Power Exhaust Contactor
PEM
— Power Exhaust Motor
PES
— Power Exhaust Sequencer
PESC — Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller
PL
— Plug Assembly
95
RAT
RS
SAT
SEN
SW
TB
TC
TH
TRAN
UL
VFD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Return-Air Thermistor
Rollout Switch
Supply-Air Thermostat
Sensor
Switch
Terminal Block
Thermostat, Cooling
Thermostat, Heating
Transformer
Compressor Unloader
Variable Frequency Drive
Terminal (Marked)
Terminal (Unmarked)
Terminal Block
Splice
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
To indicate common potential only.
Not to represent wiring.
96
Fig. 77 — Typical Power Schematic 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034; 208/230-3-60 and 460-3-60
TABLE 2B
The following fan motors have two
parallel wires run from
TB1 to the fan motors.
Indoor
Wire
Voltage
Motor
Quantity
20 HP
208/230-3-60
2
TABLE 1A
The following compressors have two
parallel wires run from TB1 to the
compressors.
Wire
Compressor
Voltage
Quantity
Model
06D-537
208/230-3-60
2
NOTES:
1. Connect TRAN1 to H4 for 460 v units. Connect to
H3 for 230 v. If 208/230 v units are run with a
208-v power supply, connect to H2.
2. Connect TRAN2 to black lead for 460 v units.
Connect to orange lead for 230 v units. If 208/230
v units are run with a 208-v power supply, connect to red lead.
3. Circuit breaker must trip amps are equal to or
less than 156% FLA for CB1 and CB2. All others
are 140%.
4. If any of the original wire furnished must be
replaced, it must be replaced with Type 90 C wire
or its equivalent.
5. Compressors and/or fan motors are thermally
protected.
6. Three phase motors are protected against primary single phasing conditions.
97
Fig. 78 — Typical 48EK VAV 24-V Control Circuit
98
Fig. 79 — Typical CV 24-V Control Circuit
NOTE: Red wire and violet wire are spliced together at the factory. The brown wire has a wire nut added at the factory.
99
Fig. 80 — Typical 48EK VAV 115-V Control Circuit
100
Fig. 81 — Typical 48EJ CV 115-V Control Circuit
101
Fig. 82 — Label Diagram — Staged Gas Heat — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 Units
102
Fig. 83 — Label Diagram — Staged Gas Heat — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 Units
TROUBLESHOOTING
Typical refrigerant circuiting diagrams are shown in Fig. 84-93. An algorithm diagram of the IGC (Integrated Gas Unit Controller)
control is shown in Fig. 94.
LEGEND
FPS — Freeze Protection Switch
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
Fig. 84 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020,025 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)
103
4-Pass
4-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
Muffler
TXV #1
4-Pass
4-Pass
Compressor #1
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
TXV #2
4-Pass
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
4-Pass
4-Pass
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
Muffler
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
Compressor #1
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
FPS
HPS
LPS
TXV
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Freeze Protection Switch
High-Pressure Switch
Low-Pressure Switch
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 85 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY027,030)
104
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
Muffler
Compressor #1
TXV #1
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
TXV #2
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
Muffler
Compressor #1
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
FPS
HPS
LPS
TXV
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Freeze Protection Switch
High-Pressure Switch
Low-Pressure Switch
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 86 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY035)
105
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
LEGEND
FPS — Freeze Protection Switch
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
Fig. 87 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY038,044)
106
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
Muffler
Compressor #1
TXV #1
TXV #2
8-Pass
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
8-Pass
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
Muffler
Compressor #1
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
FPS
HPS
LPS
TXV
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Freeze Protection Switch
High-Pressure Switch
Low-Pressure Switch
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 88 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY040,050)
107
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
LEGEND
FPS — Freeze Protection Switch
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
Fig. 89 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)
108
LEGEND
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 90 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY054 and 058)
109
6-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
Muffler
TXV #1
6-Pass
6-Pass
Compressor #1
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
TXV #2
4-Pass
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
6-Pass
6-Pass
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
HPS & LPS mounted on
compressor
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
Muffler
4-Pass
Compressor #1
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
6-Pass
LEGEND
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 91 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060)
110
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
LEGEND
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 92 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY064)
111
112
Fig. 93 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY068)
LEGEND
HPS — High-Pressure Switch
LPS — Low-Pressure Switch
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
LEGEND
IDM — Induced-Draft Motor
IGC — Integrated Gas Unit Controller
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the “AUTO” position or sensor-equipped unit.
Fig. 94 — IGC Control (Heating and Cooling)
113
The alarm codes for the IGC control board are shown in
Table 44.
Diagnostic LEDs — There are 3 LEDs (red, yellow, and
green) on the lower right hand side of the control board. The
red light is used to check unit operation and alarms. A constant
pulse is normal unit operation. A series of quick blinks indicates an alarm. Refer to Table 45 below for a description of
alarms. The yellow LED blinks during transmission with the
CCN (Carrier Comfort Network). The green LED blinks during transmission with the expansion board.
Table 44 — IGC Control Board LED Alarms
INDICATION
ON
OFF
1 FLASH
2 FLASHES
3 FLASHES
4 FLASHES
5 FLASHES
6 FLASHES
7 FLASHES
8 FLASHES
9 FLASHES
ERROR MODE
Normal Operation
Hardware Failure
Fan ON/OFF Delay Modified
Limit Switch Fault
Flame Sense Fault
4 Consecutive Limit Switch Faults
Ignition Lockout Fault
Induced Draft Motor Fault
Rollout Switch Fault
Internal Control Fault
Software Lockout
Table 45 — Control Board LED Alarms
LED
ERROR
BLINKS CODE
1
—
DESCRIPTION
Normal Operation
RESET
METHOD
—
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
None
2
HF-13
Compressor 1 Safety
Automatic Cooling disabled.
and
Automatic reset after
Manual 15 minutes. Manual if
repeated 3 times in
90 minutes.
3
HF-14
Compressor 2 Safety
Automatic Cooling disabled.
and
Automatic reset after
Manual 15 minutes. Manual if
repeated 3 times in
90 minutes.
4
HF-15
Thermostat Failure
5
HF-05
SAT Thermistor Failure
6
HF-06
7
HF-03
8
HF-12
9
SE-05
Loss of Communications
with Expansion Board
10
HF-16
Control Board Failure
None
None
11
HF-17
Analog to Digital
Conversion
Expansion Board Failure
12
SE-23
Automatic Alarm generated.
Automatic Heating, cooling, and
economizer disabled.
OAT Thermistor Failure Automatic NTFC, IAQ purge,
economizer, and low
ambient DX cooling
locked out disabled.
Space Temp. Sen. Failure Automatic Disables unoccupied
cooling/heating, CV
economizer, and CV
cooling/heating.
RAT Thermistor Failure Automatic VAV heating
disabled.
Cooling SAT Low
Limit Shutdown
Automatic Algorithms in
expansion board are
bypassed.
Control uses default
values. (May seem
as normal operation)
All outputs turned off.
None
TROUBLESHOOTING COMMENTS
The expansion board and control board flash the red LED
in one-second intervals when the board is operating properly.
The high or low pressure safety switch for compressor no. 1
has opened for 3 seconds. The error will be cleared and
compressor no. 1 will be allowed to turn on in 15 minutes.
If the safeties have been tripped 3 times in 90 minutes,
compressor no. 1 will be locked out until the control
board has been manually reset.
The high or low pressure safety switch for compressor no. 2
has opened for 3 seconds. The error will be cleared and
compressor no. 2 will be allowed to turn on in 15 minutes.
If the safeties have been tripped 3 times in 90 minutes,
compressor no. 2 will be locked out until the control
board has been manually reset.
The thermostat is calling for both heating and cooling
at the same time. The unit will operate on a first call basis
and will automatically reset.
The supply-air temperature (SAT) sensor has failed.
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.
The outside air temperature (OAT) sensor has failed.
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.
The space temperature sensor has failed.
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.
The return-air temperature (RAT) sensor has failed.
Ensure that the unit is a VAV unit. If NOT a VAV unit set
DIP switch position 1 to the closed position and reset power.
Then check for wiring errors. Finally, replace sensor.
Communications between the expansion board and the
control board have been interrupted. Ensure that an
expansion board is installed and wired using the
wire harness supplied with the expansion module. If an
expansion board is not used ensure that DIP switch position
3 is in the closed position, and reset power.
Generated when hardware has failed on control board.
Replace the control board.
All outputs turned off. Generated when hardware has failed on the
expansion board. Replace the expansion board.
Automatic Alarm generated.
CV operation. When SAT low limits are below range and
compressor shut off.
LEGEND
DIP — Dual In-Line Package
VAV — Variable Air Volume
114
Tables 46-48 show the input and output channel designations.
Table 46 — I/O Channel Designations Base Module — CV
TERMINAL NO.
T1-2
T3-4
T5-6
T7-8
T9-10
T11-12
T13-14
T15-16
T17-25
T18-25
T19-25
T20-25
T21-25
T22-25
ASSIGNMENT
SPT (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor
STO (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor
OAT — 5KV Thermistor
SAT — 5KV Thermistor
—
SAT Reset — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Indoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Outdoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
Y1 or Remote Start/Stop — DI (24 vac)
Y2 — DI (24 vac)
W1 — DI (24 vac)
W2 — DI (24 vac)
G — DI (24 vac)
Compressor 1 Safety — DI (24 vac)
TERMINAL NO.
T23-25
T24-25
T26-27
T28-29
T30-29
T31-32
T33-32
T34-35
T36-35
T37-38
T39-38
K1
K2
K3
ASSIGNMENT
Compressor 2 Safety — DI (24 vac)
Outside Air Enthalpy — DI (24 vac)
Economizer Pos. — AO (4-20 mA)
Heat 1 Relay — DO (24 vac)
Heat 2 Relay — DO (24 vac)
CV Power Exhaust 1/Modulating Power Exhaust — DO (115 vac)
CV Power Exhaust 2 — DO (115 vac)
Condenser Fan — DO (115 vac)
OFC2 — DO (115 vac)
—
—
Indoor Fan Relay — DO (LV)
Compr. 1 — DO (HV)
Compr. 2 — DO (HV)
Table 47 — I/O Channel Designations Base Module — VAV
TERMINAL NO.
T1-2
T3-4
T5-6
T7-8
T9-10
T11-12
T13-14
T15-16
T17-25
T18-25
T19-25
T20-25
T21-25
T22-25
ASSIGNMENT
SPT (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor
RAT — 5KV Thermistor
OAT — 5KV Thermistor
SAT — 5KV Thermistor
—
SAT Reset — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Indoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Outdoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
Remote Start/Stop — DI (24 vac)
—
—
—
—
Compressor 1 Safety — DI (24 vac)
TERMINAL NO.
T23-25
T24-25
T26-27
T28-29
T30-29
T31-32
T33-32
T34-35
T36-35
T37-38
T39-38
K1
K2
K3
ASSIGNMENT
Compressor 2 Safety — DI (24 vac)
Outside Air Enthalpy — DI (24 vac)
Economizer Pos. — AO (4-20 mA)
Heat 1 Relay - DO (24 v)
Heat Interlock Relay — DO (24 v)
Modulated Power Exhaust — DO (24 vac)
—
Condenser Fan — DO (115 vac)
OFC2 — DO (115 vac)
Unloader 1 — DO (115 vac)
Unloader 2 — DO (115 vac)
Indoor Fan Relay — DO (LV)
Compr. 1 — DO (HV)
Compr. 2 — DO (HV)
Table 48 — I/O Channel Designations Expansion Module (Field-Installed) — CV and VAV
TERMINAL NO.
T1-2
T3-4
T5-6
T7-8
T9-10
T11-12
T13-14
T15-16
T17 and TB2-1
T18 and TB2-1
T19 and TB2-1
T20 and TB2-1
T21 and TB2-1
T22 and TB2-1
AI —
AO —
CCN —
CV —
DI —
DO —
HV —
IAQ —
KV —
LV —
ASSIGNMENT
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Fan Status — DI (24 vac)
Filter Status - DI (24 vac)
Field Applied Status — DI (24 vac)
Demand Limit — DI (24 vac)
Fire — Unit Shutdown — DI (24 vac)
Fire — Pressurization — DI (24 vac)
TERMINAL NO.
T23 and TB2-1
T24 and TB2-1
T26-27
T28-29
T30 and TB2-2
T31
T33
T34
T36
T37
T39
K1
K2
K3
LEGEND (Tables 46-48)
Analog Input
OAT — Outdoor-Air Temperature
Analog Output
OFC — Outdoor Fan Contactor
Carrier Comfort Network RAT — Return-Air Temperature
Constant Volume
SAT — Supply-Air Temperature
Direct Input
SPT — Space Temperature
Direct Output
STO — Space Temperature Offset
High Voltage
T
— Terminal
Indoor Air Quality
TB — Terminal Block
Kilo-Ohms
VAV — Variable Air Volume
Low Voltage
ASSIGNMENT
Fire — Evacuation — DI (24 vac)
Fire — Smoke Purge — DI (24 vac)
—
—
Alarm Light Indicator — DO (24 vac)
Power Exhaust Fire No. 1 — DO (115 vac)
Power Exhaust Fire No. 2 — DO (115 vac)
Power Exhaust Fire No. 3 — DO (115 vac)
Power Exhaust Fire No. 4 — DO (115 vac)
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: All even numbered terminals are negative (–) polarity and all
odd numbered terminals are positive (+) polarity.
115
SERVICE TRAINING
Packaged Service Training programs are an excellent way to increase your knowledge of the equipment
discussed in this manual, including:
• Unit Familiarization
• Installation Overview
• Maintenance
• Operating Sequence
A large selection of product, theory, and skills programs are available, using popular video-based formats
and materials. All include video and/or slides, plus companion book.
Classroom Service Training which includes “hands-on” experience with the products in our labs can
mean increased confidence that really pays dividends in faster troubleshooting and fewer callbacks. Course
descriptions and schedules are in our catalog.
CALL FOR FREE CATALOG 1-800-962-9212
[ ] Packaged Service Training
[ ] Classroom Service Training
Copyright 2001 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-739
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48A,E-1SI
Pg 116
107
11-01
Replaces: 48E-6SI
Book 1
Tab 1a
START-UP CHECKLIST
MODEL NO.: _________________________________
SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________
SOFTWARE VERSION (SEE FIG. 27): ____________
TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________
DATE: _______________________________________
PRE-START-UP:
… VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT
… VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT
… REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS
… VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD
… VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
… VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
… CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS
… CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE
… VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSER DRAINAGE
… CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT
… VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
… VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN
… VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP.
START-UP:
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
L1-L2
__________
__________
L3-L1
__________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1
__________
L2
__________
L2 _________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1
__________
L2
__________
L2 _________
SUPPLY FANS AMPS
EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________
(CV)
________
(VAV)
________ *
L2-L3
*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE
__________ F DB (Dry Bulb)
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE
__________ F DB__________ F WB (Wet Bulb)
COOLING SUPPLY AIR
__________ F
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR
__________ F
PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE
__________
IN. WG
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE
STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG
STAGE NO. 2 __________ IN. WG
REFRIGERANT SUCTION
CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________ PSIG
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE
CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
… VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE USING CHARGING CHARTS ON PAGES 93 AND 94.
CL-1
… SET ECONOMIZER MINIMUM VENT POSITION TO JOB REQUIREMENTS
… ENSURE DRIVES OPERATE WITH LIMITS OF FAN PERFORMANCE TABLES
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SETTING
psig
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH SETTING
psig
MOTOR PULLEY PART NUMBER
FAN PULLEY PART NUMBER
BELT PART NUMBER
BELT SIZE
in.
FILTER QUANTITY
FILTER SIZES
in.
ADDITIONAL NOTES:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Copyright 2001 Carrier Corporation
Book
Tab
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
1
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-739
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48A,E-1SI
CL-2
107
11-01
Replaces: 48E-6SI
1a
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
GENERAL
Download PDF

advertising